Docstoc

MS Excel - United States Coast Guard - Home Page

Document Sample
MS Excel - United States Coast Guard - Home Page Powered By Docstoc
					Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A                Answer B                 Answer C                Answer D            Illustration



                       During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the
                       main deck and injures his ankle. The Master should       injured needs first     injured is               injury results in loss injury is the result of
 2     1        B
                       submit a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if   aid                     incapacitated            of life only           misconduct
                       the __________.




                       You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the
                                                                                                                                 put the rudder         throw a life ring to
 2     2        A      cry, "Man overboard starboard side". You should          give full right rudder give full left rudder
                                                                                                                                 amidships              mark the spot
                       instinctively __________.




                       A stopper used in securing the ground tackle for sea
 2     3        C      that consists of a grab attached to a turnbuckle is a    riding pawl             buckler                  devil's claw           locking ring
                       __________.




                       Considering manning requirements for US flag
                       vessels, your 2 watch cargo vessel has a deck crew of
 2     4        B      20 people, exclusive of officers. How many of these   13                         10                       7                      5
                       people do the manning regulations require to be able
                       seamen?




                       You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the
                                                                                                                                 put the rudder         throw a life ring to
 2     5        B      cry, "Man overboard starboard side". You should          give full left rudder   give full right rudder
                                                                                                                                 amidships              mark the spot
                       instinctively __________.




                                                                                                                                                                          Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                             Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                         February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A                  Answer B                Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                                  It can be used to     It will allow you to
                                                                              It provides lateral        It is fully effective at
                       Which statement about a tunnel bow thruster is                                                             slow the ship in      hold a position when
 2     6        A                                                             control without            speeds up to about
                       TRUE?                                                                                                      addition to backing   the current is from
                                                                              affecting headway.         six knots.
                                                                                                                                  down.                 astern.




 2     7        A      The mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________.   breast line                bow line               forward spring line     None of the above       D044DG




                                                                              Overcarriage is
                                                                                                         Dunnage costs are      Voids in the cargo      The hold space has
 2     8        A      What is NOT an advantage of filler cargo?              reduced or
                                                                                                         reduced.               stow are filled.        maximum utilization.
                                                                              eliminated.




                       Defense plans may cause the operation of electronic                                                                              thirty (30) days
 2     9        A                                                             no notice                  one day's notice       a week's notice
                       aids to navigation to be suspended with __________.                                                                              notice




                                                                                                                                After loading, you      This cargo may not
                                                                              The primary hazard
                                                                                                         The shipping papers    may not sail if the     be transported in
                                                                              of this cargo is that it
                       You are scheduled to load a bulk shipment of steel                                should describe this   temperature in each     bulk unless a
 2     10       A                                                             is subject to
                       turnings. Which statement is TRUE?                                                cargo as "Waste;       hold of steel           special permit is
                                                                              spontaneous
                                                                                                         steel borings".        turnings exceeds        issued by the Coast
                                                                              heating and ignition.
                                                                                                                                130°F.                  Guard.




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B                Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                          seizure of his/her
                       A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated. imprisonment for up a civil penalty of not                       a fine of not more
 2     11       B                                                                                                         vessel and forfeiture
                       He is liable for __________.                            to one year         more than $5,000                             than $1,000
                                                                                                                          of the title




                       The maximum length allowed between main,
                                                                                                                               compartment
 2     12       D      transverse bulkheads on a vessel is referred to as the    floodable length      factor of subdivision                         permissible length
                                                                                                                               standard
                       __________.




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is
 2     13       A                                                                inshore bow line      offshore bow line       forward breast line   forward spring line     D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                                                                              install shoring so the
                                                                                                       install shoring so      use jacks or chain
                       Damaged bulkheads often take a permanent set which shoring supports the                                                       place sandbags by
                                                                                                       that it pushes on the   falls to remove the
 2     14       A      is independent of the panting or bulge caused by water damaged bulkheads                                                      the bulkhead without
                                                                                                       damaged bulkhead        set before installing
                       pressure. To control this, you should __________.      without pushing on                                                     installing shores
                                                                                                       while supporting it     shores
                                                                              them




                                                                                 frames to which the                      longitudinal beams
                                                                                                       transverse members
                                                                                 tank top and bottom                      in the extreme             longitudinal angle
                                                                                                       of the ships frame
 2     15       A      Floors aboard ship are __________.                        shell are fastened                       bottom of a ship           bars fastened to a
                                                                                                       which support the
                                                                                 on a double                              from which the             surface for strength
                                                                                                       decks
                                                                                 bottomed ship                            ship's ribs start




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A            Answer B                Answer C              Answer D         Illustration




                       When underway and proceeding ahead, as the speed
 2     16       B                                                              move aft            move forward            move lower            remain stationary
                       increases, the pivot point tends to __________.




                       The mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n)
 2     17       A                                                              bow spring line     aft spring line         forward breast line   bow line               D044DG
                       __________.




                       To determine the weight capacity of a deck in a cargo                                               cubic capacity        general
 2     18       B                                                              deadweight scale    deck capacity plan
                       hold, you would refer to the __________.                                                            tables                arrangement plan




                                                                                                                           just forward of the on either side of the
 2     19       D      The vessel's "quarter" is located __________.           abeam               dead astern
                                                                                                                           beam on either side stern




                                                                                                                                                 Portable
                                                                             Isoprene may be
                                                                                                   Methyl methacrylate     Methyl methacrylate   thermometers are
                       You are carrying triethylamine, methyl methacrylate   carried in a cargo
                                                                                                   may not be carried      must usually be       not permitted to be
 2     20       A      and isoprene in your multiple-product tankship. Which tank adjacent to
                                                                                                   in a tank adjacent to   heated to maintain    used to take the
                       of the following statements is true?                  either of the other
                                                                                                   a pump room.            its stability.        cargo temperature
                                                                             two cargoes.
                                                                                                                                                 of triethylamine.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B            Answer C                Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                                                          He may refuse to
                       The American Consul has asked the Master of a                                  He may refuse to
                                                                                 He is normally                           take the seaman if it
                       vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport a                             take the seaman if
 2     21       D                                                                required to take the                     will violate the      All of the above
                       destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may                             the seaman has a
                                                                                 seaman.                                  Certificate of
                       the Master take?                                                               contagious disease.
                                                                                                                          Inspection.




                                                                                 deeply-grooved
                                                                                 drum on the           winch that is running                        nylon line that parts
                                                                                                                             line that has jumped
                                                                                 windlass with         out of control due to                        under strain and
 2     22       A      A wildcat is a __________.                                                                            off the gypsyhead
                                                                                 sprockets which       a failure of the                             whips back in a
                                                                                                                             while under strain
                                                                                 engage the links of   overspeed trips                              hazardous manner
                                                                                 the anchor chain




                       A crack in the deck plating of a vessel may be            cutting a square     drilling a hole at
                                                                                                                            slot-welding the        welding a doubler
 2     24       B      temporarily prevented from increasing in length by        notch at each end of each end of the
                                                                                                                            crack                   over the crack
                       __________.                                               the crack            crack




                       The turning circle of a vessel making a turn over 360
 2     25       A                                                                center of gravity     bow                  bridge                  centerline
                       degrees is the path followed by the __________.




                                                                                                       one-third the length one-half the length     two-thirds the length
                       The pivoting point of a fully loaded vessel with normal
 2     26       B                                                                right at the bow      of the vessel from   of the vessel from      of the vessel from
                       trim proceeding ahead at sea speed is __________.
                                                                                                       the bow              the bow                 the bow




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A                Answer B             Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                       Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in                                                 charged with
                                                                                                          imprisoned for up to
 2     27       A      charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a     fined up to $5,000                              accessory to sexual All of the above
                                                                                                          one year
                       complaint of a sexual offense may be __________.                                                        assault




                       The stowage factor for a cargo is based upon
 2     28       C                                                                 one short ton           one short metric ton one long ton           one long metric ton
                       __________.




                       You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel.
                                                                                                                               held personally
                       Under title 46 of the United States Code, if you fail to   criminally charged                                                  All of the above are
 2     29       B                                                                                         civilly penalized    liable by the victim
                       report a complaint of a sexual offense, you may be         and jailed                                                          correct
                                                                                                                               and sued
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                   Tank containing a
                       You are planning the stowage of two incompatible                                   Solid (non-
                                                                                                                               Diagonally adjacent third cargo
 2     30       B      products on your multiple-product tankship. What will      Empty tank              intercostal)
                                                                                                                               tanks               compatible with the
                       NOT provide the minimum required segregation?                                      bulkhead
                                                                                                                                                   other two




                                                                                  is a specialist hired   is solely responsible
                                                                                  for his local           for the safe          relieves the Master   relieves the officer
 2     31       A      An embarked Pilot __________.
                                                                                  navigational            navigation of the     of his duties         of the watch
                                                                                  knowledge               vessel




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A             Answer B               Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




                       The explosive range of a fuel lies between the lower
 2     32       C                                                                 flash point          ignition temperature upper explosive limit fire point
                       explosive limit and the __________.




                       Your vessel has been loaded in a sagging condition.
                                                                                  pump fuel oil from                          take a course which
                       Enroute you encounter heavy weather and notice
 2     34       D                                                                 midships to the ends reduce speed           most eases the      All of the above
                       buckling in the midships deck plating of your vessel.
                                                                                  of the vessel                               vessel
                       To relieve the strain you could __________.




                       In a national emergency, when communicating via the
                       Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message
 2     35       A                                                          6 hours                     3 hours                30 minutes           10 minutes or less
                       designated ROUTINE will be delivered within
                       __________.




                       The distance that a vessel travels from the time that
 2     36       B      the order to put engines full astern until the vessel is   advance              head reach             surge                transfer
                       dead in the water is known as __________.




                                                                                                                                                   The Pilot must be
                       Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to       The Pilot must be     The Pilot need only   The Pilot must be
                                                                                                                                                   licensed by Virginia,
 2     37       B      Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement           licensed by either    be licensed by the    licensed by Virginia
                                                                                                                                                   Maryland and the
                       about the required Pilot is TRUE?                          Virginia or Maryland. Coast Guard.          and Maryland.
                                                                                                                                                   Coast Guard.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A           Answer B            Answer C               Answer D         Illustration




                       A cargo that has a stowage factor over 40 is known as
 2     38       B                                                            hygroscopic cargo   measurement cargo stowage cargo           weight cargo
                       a __________.




                       Combustible liquids are divided into how many
 2     39       B                                                             One                Two                  Three                Four
                       grades?




                                                                              Hose connections to                                          If transferring at
                       You are on a cargo vessel carrying toluol in bulk in   the tank must be    There must be water You must shut down   anchor, you must
 2     40       B      portable tanks. Which is a requirement for pumping     made with a         pressure on the fire if another vessel   display a red flag by
                       the toluol?                                            minimum of three    main.                comes alongside.    day and a red light
                                                                              bolts.                                                       at night.




                       Considering the manning requirements for U.S.
                       vessels (100 gross tons and above), your cargo
 2     41       D      vessel has a deck crew of 20 men, exclusive of the     5                  7                    10                   13
                       officers. How many of these men do the manning
                       regulations require to be Able Seamen?




                                                                              decreases as                                                 may increase or
                                                                                                 increases with the   is not affected by
 2     42       B      The vapor pressure of a substance __________.          temperature                                                  decrease as the
                                                                                                 temperature          temperature
                                                                              increases                                                    temperature rises




                                                                                                                                                           Deck General
                                                                                                                                                              Book Two
                                                                                                                                                          February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B               Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is
 2     43       A                                                                after spring line     forward spring line   waist breast line      stern line              D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       You are using an automatic tension winch by yourself. the safety cutout will                         you may be pulled
                                                                                                     the line will part and                         None of the above
 2     44       C      If you get caught in the turns of the line as they lead stop the winch                               into the winch and
                                                                                                     snap back                                      are correct
                       into the gypsyhead __________.                          before you're injured                        injured or killed




                       Which shallow water effect will increase dramatically if
 2     45       A      you increase your ship's speed past its "critical        Squatting              Smelling the bottom Sinkage                  Bank cushion
                       speed"?




                                                                                 A fully loaded vessel
                       Which statement concerning the handling                                         A fully loaded vessel A light vessel will be A light vessel loses
                                                                                 will be slower to
 2     46       D      characteristics of a fully loaded vessel as compared                            will maintain her     more affected by the more rudder effect
                                                                                 respond to the
                       with those of a light vessel is FALSE?                                          headway further.      wind.                  in shallow water.
                                                                                 engines.




                       You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of
                       Shipping) and wish to send a message warning of a
 2     47       A                                                                O (IMMEDIATE)         P (PRIORITY)          R (ROUTINE)            Z (FLASH)
                       hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this
                       message?




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B                 Answer C             Answer D         Illustration




                       Which term describes goods having a stowage factor                              "Full-and-down"                                "Measurement"
 2     48       A                                                                "Deadweight" cargo                             "Heavy-lift" cargo
                       below 40?                                                                       cargo                                          cargo




                       Flammable liquid means any liquid which gives off
 2     49       B                                                                40°F (4.4°C)          80°F (26.7°C)            110°F (43.3°C)        150°F (65.6°C)
                       flammable vapors at or below __________.




                                                                                 Nothing; the Pilot is State his concerns                             Direct the Pilot to
                       A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the                                                    Recommend an
                                                                                 required by law and to the Pilot but do                              stop the vessel and
                       vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot is taking                                                    alternative action
 2     50       C                                                                is solely responsible not interfere with the                         anchor if necessary
                       sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the                                                and if not followed
                                                                                 for the safety of the handling of the                                until the situation
                       Master do?                                                                                               relieve the Pilot.
                                                                                 vessel.               vessel.                                        clears.




                       You are the licensed Master of a 100 GT towing vessel
                       sailing coastwise. What percentage of the deck crew
 2     51       C                                                            50%                       65%                      75%                   100%
                       must be able to understand any order spoken by the
                       officers?




                                                                                 force the warped,
                                                                                                     support and hold the withstand                   make a watertight
                       The objective of shoring a damaged bulkhead is to         bulged, or deformed
 2     53       B                                                                                    area in the damaged subsequent                   seal at the damaged
                       __________.                                               sections back into
                                                                                                     position             additional damage           area
                                                                                 place




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A               Answer B                Answer C              Answer D          Illustration


                                                                          If you cannot get                                  Switch to the high
                                                                                                         Run the engine full
                                                                          clear immediately,                                 suction for
                       Your vessel has grounded on a bar. What should you                                astern to keep from
 2     54       C                                                         lighten the ship by                                condenser                All of the above
                       do?                                                                               being set further
                                                                          pumping all ballast                                circulating water, if it
                                                                                                         onto the bar.
                                                                          overboard.                                         is submerged.




                       You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel.
                                                                                  held personally
                       Under title 46 of the United States Code, if you fail to                          criminally charged      civilly charged and   All of the above are
 2     55       C                                                                 liable by the victim
                       report a complaint of a sexual offense, you may be                                and jailed              fined                 correct.
                                                                                  and sued
                       __________.




                       The effect of wind on exposed areas of the vessel is
 2     56       A                                                                 backing                going slow ahead        going full ahead      turning
                       most noticeable when __________.




                                                                                  are exceptionally                                                    give off fumes that
                                                                                                         are liquid but are in   are susceptible to
 2     58       D      Odorous cargoes are those that __________.                 dusty and leave a                                                    may damage other
                                                                                                         containers              damage by tainting
                                                                                  residue                                                              cargoes




                       Combustible liquid is defined as any liquid having a
 2     59       B                                                                 40°F ( 4°C)            80°F (27°C)             110°F (43°C)          150°F (66°C)
                       flash point above __________.




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A                Answer B                Answer C               Answer D            Illustration


                                                                                                                                                       The shipping
                                                                                The ullage must be      Silver and copper
                                                                                                                                The cargo tank may     document must
                       You are on a vessel designed to carry compressed         padded with             are prohibited in the
                                                                                                                                be sampled only        specify the exact
 2     60       B      gasses in bulk with a cargo of butadiene. Which          compressed air at a     parts of valves and
                                                                                                                                when the tank is       quantity of
                       statement is TRUE?                                       minimum pressure        fittings in contact
                                                                                                                                being filled.          butadiene being
                                                                                of 2 psig.              with the cargo.
                                                                                                                                                       carried.




                       Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided
 2     61       A                                                          600 miles                    700 miles               800 miles              1000 miles
                       into 3 watches when on a trip exceeding __________.




                       You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of
                       cargo oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gauge the
                       vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000 barrels.
 2     62       C                                                               1510, 5 November        0140, 6 November        1104, 6 November       0735, 7 November
                       At 1200, you find that you have loaded 219,000
                       barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you
                       will finish at approximately __________.




                                                                                                                                Spaces for the
                       Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage
 2     63       D                                                               Boatswain's stores      Chart room              exclusive use of the All of the above
                       to derive net tonnage?
                                                                                                                                officers or crew




                                                                                                                                Water flowing into a
                                                                                A hole in the hull at   The amount of water     lower compartment      Water flowing over
                                                                                the waterline is        entering a ship         on a ship is more      the fo'c'sle bulwark
 2     64       A      Which statement about damage control is TRUE?            more dangerous          through a hole          dangerous than         is more dangerous
                                                                                than a hole below       varies inversely to     water on deck or       than a hole in the
                                                                                the inner bottom.       the area of the hole.   flowing into an        hull at the waterline.
                                                                                                                                upper compartment.




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A              Answer B             Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                       Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in charged with
                                                                                                   imprisoned for up to
 2     65       C      charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a     accessory to sexual                      fined up to $5,000          All of the above
                                                                                                   one year
                       complaint of a sexual offense may be __________.        assault




                       Most of your vessel's superstructure is forward. How       With the wind from    With the wind off the With the wind off the With the wind from
 2     66       D
                       will the vessel lie when drifting with no way on?          ahead                 port beam             starboard beam        abaft the beam




                       You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel.
                                                                                                                             held personally
                       Under title 46 of the United States Code, if you fail to   civilly charged and   criminally charged                          All of the above are
 2     67       A                                                                                                            liable by the victim
                       report a complaint of a sexual offense, you may be         fined                 and jailed                                  correct.
                                                                                                                             and sued
                       __________.




                                                                                                        are exceptionally                           give off fumes that
                                                                                  are susceptible to                         are liquid, but in
 2     68       D      Odorous cargoes are those that __________.                                       dusty and leave a                           may damage other
                                                                                  damage by tainting                         containers
                                                                                                        residue                                     cargoes




                                                                                                                                                    an above deck
 2     69       D      Ullages are measured from __________.                      the tank ceiling      the tank top bushing the thievage mark
                                                                                                                                                    datum




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A            Answer B              Answer C              Answer D          Illustration

                                                                                                   The cargo tank
                                                                                                                                                The pressure in the
                                                                                                   ventilation system
                                                                                                                          Cargo temperature     heating coils in the
                                                                              There must be two must maintain the
                       You are on a tankship designed to carry molten sulfur.                                             may be taken by       tanks must be less
 2     70       C                                                             portable toxic vapor H2S vapor
                       Which statement is TRUE?                                                                           portable              than that of the
                                                                              detectors on board. concentration at
                                                                                                                          thermometers.         cargo exerted on
                                                                                                   1.85% or more by
                                                                                                                                                them.
                                                                                                   volume.




                       You are the licensed Master of a 199 GT uninspected                          There must be at      Only the able
                                                                                There must be 3
                       towing vessel making a 500 mile coastwise trip. You                          least 5 able seamen   seamen require
 2     71       D                                                               separate watches                                                None of the above
                       carry a deck crew of six (6). Which statement is                             among the deck        Merchant Mariner's
                                                                                stood.
                       TRUE?                                                                        crew.                 Documents.




                       You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of
                       cargo oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gauge the
                       vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000 barrels.
 2     72       C                                                                1510, 5 November   1104, 6 November      1242, 6 November      0735, 7 November
                       At 1200 you find that you have loaded 218,000 barrels.
                       If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish
                       at approximately __________.




                       Aboard ship, vertical flat plates running transversely
 2     73       A      and connecting the vertical keel to the margin plates    floors              intercostals          girders               stringers
                       are called __________.




                       The best information on the location of the blocks
                                                                                                                                                general
 2     74       C      when dry docking a vessel is contained in the            shell expansion plan docking diagram      ship's docking plan
                                                                                                                                                arrangement plan
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                           Answer A            Answer B            Answer C             Answer D         Illustration




                       Frames to which the tank top and bottom shell are
 2     75       A                                                          floors              intercostals        stringers            tank top supports
                       fastened are called __________.




                                                                                               momentum of a       lateral movement of
                                                                           difference between                                          displacement of a
                                                                                               vessel after her    a vessel downwind
 2     76       C      Leeway is the __________.                           the true course and                                         vessel multiplied by
                                                                                               engines have been   of her intended
                                                                           the compass course                                          her speed
                                                                                               stopped             course




                                                                                               apply rudder to     repeat back to the
                                                                           use as much rudder                                           keep the rudder
                                                                                               move the compass    watch officer any
                       When steering a vessel, a good helmsman will        as possible to keep                                          amidships except
 2     77       C                                                                              card towards the    rudder commands
                       __________.                                         the vessel on                                                when changing
                                                                                               lubbers line when   before executing
                                                                           course                                                       course
                                                                                               off course          them




                       Which is an example of cargo damage caused by       Sublimation of
 2     78       B                                                                              Heating of grain    Stevedore damage     Wear and tear
                       inherent vice?                                      chemicals




                                                                           an above-deck
                                                                                               the tank ceiling                         a thievage mark
                                                                           datum such as the
 2     79       A      Ullages on tankers are measured from __________.                        aboard transversely the tank top         below the edge of
                                                                           top of the ullage
                                                                                               framed vessels                           the deck
                                                                           pipe




                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A               Answer B                 Answer C              Answer D           Illustration

                                                                              If the tanks are
                                                                                                                             When transferring     All electrical
                                                                              pumped out while      If the tanks are off
                                                                                                                             sulfuric acid, you    equipment within 10
                       You are on a cargo vessel carrying portable tanks of   remaining on board,   loaded, no more
                                                                                                                             must display a red    feet horizontally
 2     80       D      dangerous cargoes in bulk. Which statement is          each hose             than two tanks may
                                                                                                                             flag by day whether   must be explosion
                       TRUE?                                                  connection must       be lifted together in
                                                                                                                             at anchor or          proof or intrinsically
                                                                              have a minimum of     a hoist.
                                                                                                                             moored.               safe.
                                                                              three bolts.




                       Your 199 GT tugboat is on a 675 mile coastwise
 2     81       D      voyage. What percentage of the deck crew must be       0%                    25%                      50%                   65%
                       Able Bodied Seamen?




                                                                                                    vertical transverse      large beams fitted in
                                                                                                                                                   found in passenger
                                                                                                    plates connecting        various parts of the
 2     82       B      Floors aboard ship are __________.                     also called decks                                                    and berthing spaces
                                                                                                    the vertical keel with   vessel for additional
                                                                                                                                                   only
                                                                                                    the margin plates        strength




                       The mooring line labeled "A" as shown is called a(n)
 2     83       A                                                             offshore stern line   onshore stern line       after spring line     after breast line         D044DG
                       __________.




                                                                              the overhead in       a wooden protection material driven into
                                                                                                                                                   None of the above
 2     84       B      The ceiling is __________.                             berthing              placed over the tank seams or cracks to
                                                                                                                                                   are correct
                                                                              compartments          top                  prevent leaking




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A         Answer B          Answer C               Answer D        Illustration




                       The wooden planking that protects the tank top from
 2     85       A                                                               ceiling           shores            frames               toms
                       cargo loading is called __________.




                       The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360
 2     86       D                                                               bow               bridge            centerline           center of gravity
                       degrees is the path followed by the __________.




                       A set of interior steps on a ship leading up to a deck                                                            All of the above are
 2     87       A                                                               a companion way   'tween-decks      stairs
                       from below is know as __________.                                                                                 acceptable




                       Which is an example of cargo damage caused by
 2     88       D                                                               Tainting          Wear and tear     Stevedore damage     Heating of grain
                       inherent vice?




                                                                                                                                          an above-deck
                       Ullage measurements are taken from the top of the        the base of the   the base of the   a line scribed within datum, usually the
 2     89       D
                       liquid to __________.                                    expansion trunk   ullage port       the ullage port       top of the ullage
                                                                                                                                          hole




                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D        Illustration


                                                                                                                           The valves in
                       You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker. The       They must be
                                                                                                    The cargoes must       common piping      The minimum
                       loading plan includes cargoes of diethylenetriamine      separated by a void
 2     90       D                                                                                   have individual        systems must be    segregation required
                       and formamide. Which statement concerning the            space or empty
                                                                                                    venting systems.       chained closed and is a single bulkhead.
                       stowage of these cargoes is TRUE?                        tank.
                                                                                                                           locked.




                       You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT                                                           All crew members      Certificates of
                                                                              The deckhands         Able seamen are
                       uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwise                                                      shall have Merchant   Discharge are not
 2     91       D                                                             shall be divided into required in the deck
                       towing from the Gulf of Mexico to New York, a distance                                              Mariner's             required to be
                                                                              3 watches.            crew.
                       in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?                                                   Documents.            issued.




                       You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo.
                                                                              the pump running                             the discharge head
 2     92       B      The pump works for a while and then loses suction.                            incomplete priming                          All of the above
                                                                              backwards                                    being too high
                       This could be caused by __________.




                                                                                only when properly   at the end of the     15 minutes before
 2     93       A      A lookout can leave his station __________.                                                                              at any time
                                                                                relieved             watch                 the end of the watch




                       All of the following records are usually maintained by
                                                                                                                           compass record        chronometer error
 2     94       B      the watch-standing officers aboard a vessel EXCEPT       deck logbook         official logbook
                                                                                                                           book                  book
                       the __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                            Answer A               Answer B               Answer C                Answer D         Illustration




                                                                            any line under a       lines that are paying lines that are coiled None of the above
 2     95       A      You should keep clear of __________.
                                                                            strain                 out                   down only             are correct




                       The distance a vessel moves at right angles to the
 2     96       C      original course, when a turn of 180° has been        advance                pivoting point         tactical diameter     kick
                       completed, is called the __________.




                                                                            at all wearing points at the bitter ends of   around running
 2     97       A      Chafing gear should be placed __________.                                                                                on wire rope only
                                                                            of mooring lines      all standing rigging    rigging




                                                                            capable of             capable of giving off
                       A hygroscopic cargo is defined as a cargo                                                         that is shipped in a   that will ignite in
 2     98       A                                                           absorbing moisture     moisture in the form
                       __________.                                                                                       liquid state           contact with water
                                                                            in the form of a gas   of a liquid




                                                                                                 Determining the
                                                                            Siphoning off a few                           Adjusting the cargo   Reducing the gross
                                                                                                 amount of water (if
 2     99       B      What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?       barrels of petroleum                          figures to coincide   cargo calculations to
                                                                                                 any) in each cargo
                                                                            for shipboard use                             with the draft        net amounts
                                                                                                 tank




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A               Answer B             Answer C              Answer D             Illustration



                                                                                                        A line will creak,                          Stepping on the
                                                                                 Keep clear of any                         Only synthetic lines
                                                                                                        make snapping                               bight of a line is
 2    100       A      Which statement is ALWAYS true?                           line that is under a                      will snap back after
                                                                                                        sounds, and smoke                           safer than stepping
                                                                                 strain.                                   parting.
                                                                                                        before it parts.                            in the bight of a line.




                                                                                 when it is not under if both ends are
 2    101       D      You can safely step in the bight of a line __________.                                                 in an emergency       at no time
                                                                                 strain               made fast




                       Your ship is in shallow water and the bow rides up on
 2    103       C      its bow wave while the stern sinks into a depression of Broaching                Fish tailing          Squatting             Parallel sinkage
                       its transverse wave system. What is this called?




                       You are on watch at sea at night when a fire breaks                              proceed to the                             sound the fire alarm
                                                                                                                               shut down the cargo
 2    104       B      out in #3 hold just forward of the bridge. You would      call the Master        space and inspect                          signal to roust out all
                                                                                                                               hold ventilation
                       NOT __________.                                                                  the extent of the fire                     hands




                                                                                                                                                    or throw of a
                                                                                    around the           gained at right      gained in the         vessel's stern from
                       In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "kick"
 2    106       D                                                                   circumference of the angles to the        direction of the      her line of advance
                       means the distance __________.
                                                                                    turning circle       original course      original course       upon putting the
                                                                                                                                                    helm hard over




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                        Question                              Answer A              Answer B              Answer C               Answer D         Illustration

                                                                                               Wages up to fifty                                The advance of
                                                                                                                         Wages equivalent to
                                                                                               percent of the                                   wages is at the
                                                                             The seaman may                              three days base
                                                                                               seaman's base                                    discretion of the
                       When may a seaman on a vessel engaged in foreign      only draw an                                wage may be
 2    107       A                                                                              wage maybe                                       master; however, a
                       trade be paid before earning the wages?               advance on earned                           advanced upon
                                                                                               advanced upon                                    seaman cannot be
                                                                             wages.                                      arrival in a foreign
                                                                                               proof of serious                                 in an overpaid
                                                                                                                         port.
                                                                                               family illness.                                  status at signoff.




                       Damage to cargo caused by dust is known as
 2    108       A                                                            contamination         oxidation             tainting               vaporization
                       __________.




                                                                                                   Determining the
                                                                             Adjusting the cargo                         Reducing the gross Siphoning off a few
                                                                                                   amount of water (if
 2    109       B      What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?        figures to coincide                         cargo calculations to barrels of petroleum
                                                                                                   any) in each cargo
                                                                             with the draft                              net amounts           for shipboard use
                                                                                                   tank




                                                                                                                        Two portable vapor      A safety locker
                                                                                                   Equipment to lift an
                       What is NOT required as special safety equipment on   Shower and                                 detectors suitable      adjacent to the
 2    110       C                                                                                  injured person from
                       a tankship carrying hazardous cargoes in bulk?        eyewash fountain                           for the cargoes         emergency
                                                                                                   a pumproom
                                                                                                                        carried                 shutdown station




                       You are the licensed Master of a towing vessels
                       operating between New York and Tampa, Florida. If
 2    111       C                                                          1                       2                     3                      4
                       you carry four (4) deckhands onboard, how many must
                       be able seamen?




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                              Answer A               Answer B               Answer C                Answer D            Illustration



                       You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo.
                                                                                                       air pockets in the     high cargo level in     a leaking suction
 2    112       C      The pump works for a while and then loses suction.     leaking shaft seals
                                                                                                       liquid                 the tanks               line
                       This could NOT be caused by __________.




                       You are on watch at sea on course 090°T. A man falls
                                                                            Step 1: Come right Step 2: Stop the          Step 3: Shift the            Step 4: Continue
                       overboard on your starboard side. You immediately
 2    114       B                                                           full rudder until the engines until clear of helm to left full            with left rudder until
                       start a Williamson Turn. Which step is NOT a part of
                                                                            vessel heads 150°T. the man.                 rudder.                      on course 270°T.
                       a Williamson Turn?




                       During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the
                       main deck and injures his ankle. The Master should       injury is the result of injury results in loss                        injured is
 2    115       D                                                                                                              injured need first aid
                       submit a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if   misconduct              of life only                                  incapacitated
                       the __________.




                                                                                                                              the ship moves
                                                                                                                              sidewise from the
                                                                                gained in the          gained at right        original course away around the
                       In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term
 2    116       B                                                               direction of the       angles to the          from the direction of circumference of the
                       "transfer" means the distance __________.
                                                                                original course        original course        the turn after the    turning circle
                                                                                                                              rudder is first put
                                                                                                                              over

                                                                                                                              Place the eye from      Place both eyes on
                                                                                Place the eye from                            either line on the      the bollard, in any
                                                                                the forward line on                           bollard, and then       manner, but lead
                                                                                                         It makes no
                       If two mooring lines are to be placed on the same        the bollard and then                          bring the eye of the    both lines to the
 2    117       C                                                                                        difference how the
                       bollard, which method is BEST?                           place the eye from                            other line up through   same winch head on
                                                                                                         lines are placed.
                                                                                the second line                               the eye of the first,   the vessel and
                                                                                directly over the first.                      and place it on the     secure them on the
                                                                                                                              bollard.                winch.



                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A             Answer B               Answer C               Answer D          Illustration




                       Damage to cargo caused by fumes or vapors from
 2    118       C                                                             contamination         oxidation             tainting                vaporization
                       liquids, gases, or solids is known as __________.




                                                                              contains high                                                       is less hazardous to
                                                                                                    is diluted with other is lighter than other
 2    119       A      Sour crude oil __________.                             quantities of                                                       load than other
                                                                                                    products for carriage crudes
                                                                              hydrogen sulfide                                                    crudes




                       You are on a multiple-product tankship and scheduled
                       to load a cargo classed as an aromatic amine. This
 2    120       A                                                           organic anhydrides      ketones               phenols                 esters
                       cargo is incompatible with cargoes classed as
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                  All crew members
                       You are the Master of an uninspected diesel towing   Able Seamen are         Sailors may stand    A licensed Chief
                                                                                                                                                  must have Merchant
 2    121       D      vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New not required in the     watch for 6 hours on Engineer is
                                                                                                                                                  Mariner's
                       York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE? deck crew.              and 6 hours off.     required.
                                                                                                                                                  Documents.




                                                                             using a full tank to
                       You may be able to avoid loss of suction in a pump by                        opening the vent      closing down on the
 2    122       D                                                            keep the pump                                                    All of the above
                       __________.                                                                  cock on the pump      tank valve
                                                                             primed




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B            Answer C               Answer D       Illustration




                       When patching holes in the hull, pillows, bedding, and
 2    123       B                                                             shores                  gaskets             strongbacks            wedges
                       other soft materials can be used as __________.




                                                                                 the amount of
                                                                                                     whether the cargo is whether the vessel
 2    124       D      Bilge soundings indicate __________.                      condensation in the                                             All of the above
                                                                                                     leaking or not       is taking on water
                                                                                 hold




                                                                                                                          on the inside of the
 2    125       D      Chafing gear is normally used __________.                 for portable fenders for ground tackle                          on mooring lines
                                                                                                                          hawsepipe




                       The distance a vessel moves parallel to the original
                       course from the point where the rudder is put over to
 2    126       A                                                                advance              drift angle         pivoting point         transfer
                       any point on the turning circle is called the
                       __________.




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is
 2    127       A                                                                breast line          shore line          spring line            stern line           D044DG
                       called a __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B               Answer C              Answer D        Illustration



                                                                                                        Periodic inspection
                                                                                  The cargo gives off
                                                                                                        is required while in   It is of high value or It must be stowed
 2    128       C      Which is characteristic of a "special cargo"?              toxic gases when
                                                                                                        transit to prevent     easily pilferable.     on deck.
                                                                                  heated.
                                                                                                        spoilage.




                       Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious
 2    129       C                                                                 Bowline on a bight    Fisherman's loop       French bowline        Spider hitch
                       person?




                       You are on a vessel carrying liquefied butadiene in
                       bulk. Which document is NOT required to be either in                             Cargo information      Certificate of
 2    130       A                                                                 Cargo manual                                                       Shipping document
                       the wheelhouse or easily accessible to the person on                             card                   Inspection
                       watch while underway?




                       You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug
                       which carries one Master and one mate of towing
 2    131       B      vessels, and four seamen when underway. How many 1                               2                      3                     4
                       of the four seamen must have a rating as able seamen
                       if the voyage is under 600 miles?




                                                                                                                               Opening the
                                                                                                        Decreasing the
                                                                                                                               discharge valve
                                                                                  They are self-        speed of rotation will
 2    132       B      What is a characteristic of all centrifugal cargo pumps?                                                wider will increase   All of the above
                                                                                  priming.              decrease the
                                                                                                                               the discharge
                                                                                                        discharge pressure.
                                                                                                                               pressure.




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A             Answer B         Answer C                Answer D     Illustration



                       The standard unit of liquid volume used in the
 2    133       A      petroleum industry, as well as the tanker industry, is a   barrel             drum               gallon               liter
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                             Send the
                       Your ship is steaming at night on gyro-pilot when you                                            Notify the engine
                                                                                                     Change to hand                          Quartermaster to
 2    134       B      notice that the vessel's course is slowly changing to      Call the Master.                      room of the steering
                                                                                                     steering.                               the emergency
                       the right. Which action should you take FIRST?                                                   malfunction.
                                                                                                                                             steering station.




                       Corrosive liquids and acids should have which kind of      Skull and
 2    135       D                                                                                    Yellow and white   Red and white        White and black
                       label?                                                     crossbones




                       Under the federal regulations, what minimum level of
                       Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) constitutes a violation of
 2    136       D                                                             .18% BAC               .10% BAC           .06% BAC             .04% BAC
                       the laws prohibiting Boating Under the Influence of
                       Alcohol (BUI) on commercial vessels?




                       The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom
                       piping network of a tank barge that connects one
 2    137       B                                                                 come-along         crossover          manifold             runaround
                       section of cargo tanks to another section is called a
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                             Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                Book Two
                                                                                                                                                            February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                             Answer A              Answer B             Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                           A break bulk vessel
                       Which vessel is most likely to be loaded full but not   A bulk carrier loaded A bulk carrier loaded                     A tanker loaded with
 2    138       C                                                                                                          loaded with
                       down?                                                   with heavy ore        with steel                                heavy grain
                                                                                                                           palletized cargo




                       A "barrel" is a unit of liquid measure equivalent to    40 U.S. gallons at    42 U.S. gallons at   43 U.S. gallons at   45 U.S. gallons at
 2    139       B
                       __________.                                             50°F                  60°F                 65°F                 75°F




                       Your tankship is carrying a 30% solution of hydrogen
                       peroxide. The cargo containment system must have a
                                                                                                                                               atmospheric
 2    140       A      permanent inert gas system. While discharging this      0.5 psig              3.0 psig             5.0 psig
                                                                                                                                               pressure
                       cargo the inert gas system must maintain a minimum
                       pressure of __________.




                       On a sea going towing vessel of 150 gross tons, there
                       are six (6) seamen in the deck crew. How many
 2    141       D                                                             1                      2                    3                    4
                       certificated able seamen are required if the voyage is
                       over 600 miles?




                                                                                                     They are smaller for
                       What is NOT an advantage of centrifugal pumps over      They pump more                             They are less        They require priming
 2    142       D                                                                                    equivalent pumping
                       reciprocating pumps?                                    cargo in less time.                        expensive.           for stripping.
                                                                                                     ability.




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B                Answer C                Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                                                                The transverse
                                                                                 The transverse         The numerous            system provides         The deep web
                       Why are most break bulk vessels built with the
                                                                                 system is more         longitudinal frames     better support to the   frames interfere with
 2    143       D      transverse framing system rather than the longitudinal
                                                                                 resistant to hog and   cause excessive         varying cargo           the stowage of
                       system?
                                                                                 sag stresses.          broken stowage.         densities on a break    break bulk cargo.
                                                                                                                                bulk vessel.




                       The lookout sights a vessel dead ahead. This should
 2    144       C                                                                one bell               two bells               three bells             four bells
                       be reported on the bell with __________.




                                                                                 go ahead on both                                                       turn so that the
                                                                                                        back down with the      take advantage of
                                                                                 engines with the                                                       tendency to back
                       When turning a ship in restricted space with a strong                            rudder hard to one      the tendency to
 2    146       D                                                                rudder hard to one                                                     into the wind can be
                       wind, it is normally best to __________.                                         side, if on a single-   back to port, if on a
                                                                                 side, if on a twin-                                                    used, if on a single-
                                                                                                        screw vessel            twin-screw vessel
                                                                                 screw vessel                                                           screw vessel




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is
 2    147       A                                                                inshore stern line     offshore stern line     after spring line       after breast line        D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                                                                                                     checking the                                       stowing the cargo
                                                                                 assuring heavy                                 inspection of the
                                                                                                     vessel's load line                                 which is to be
 2    148       C      Overcarriage is best prevented by __________.             cargo is stowed low                            hold at completion
                                                                                                     calculations                                       discharged last on
                                                                                 in the vessel                                  of discharge
                                                                                                     carefully                                          the bottom




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A              Answer B            Answer C               Answer D        Illustration




                       A standard net barrel of petroleum products is
 2    149       A                                                             42 gallons at 60°F    48 gallons at 70°F   50 gallons at 50°F   60 gallons at 100°F
                       __________.




                       Protective clothing must be worn while sampling
                                                                                                    a face mask or                            chemical resistant
 2    150       B      hazardous cargo on a tankship, and as a minimum        a hood or hard hat                         boots
                                                                                                    goggles                                   gloves
                       includes __________.




                                                                                                                         Muster List ("Station unlicensed shipping
 2    151       B      The forecastle card is a copy of the __________.       quarters allocation   shipping agreement
                                                                                                                         Bill")                card from the union




                       A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 135°Fahrenheit.
 2    152       C                                                              B flammable liquid   C flammable liquid   D combustible liquid E combustible liquid
                       This liquid is classed as a grade __________.




                       A look-out at the bow sights an object on your port
 2    154       B                                                             One                   Two                  Three                Four
                       side. How many bell strokes should he sound?




                                                                                                                                                             Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                Book Two
                                                                                                                                                            February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B               Answer C              Answer D             Illustration



                                                                                                                                                   after loading and
                       You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel.                                                   after encountering
 2    155       A                                                           daily                      daily, at sea only                          prior to arrival in port
                       You must inspect this cargo __________.                                                                rough weather
                                                                                                                                                   only




                       When heading on a course, you put your rudder hard
                       over. The distance traveled parallel to the direction of
 2    156       A      the original course from where you put your rudder         advance              head reach             tactical diameter    transfer
                       over to any point on the turning circle is known as
                       __________.




                       A claim for cargo damages may be held against the         correct all defects in ensure the fitness    ensure adequate      prevent delays due
 2    158       B      ship owner if such damage is the result of failure of the the ship's             and safety of cargo   packaging of the     to quarantine
                       ship's officers to __________.                            construction           spaces                cargo                restrictions




                       What is the standard net barrel for petroleum              42 gallons at        48 gallons at          50 gallons at        60 gallons at
 2    159       A
                       products?                                                  60°Fahrenheit        70°Fahrenheit          50°Celsius           100°Saybolt




                       A seaman leaves a vessel before it sails from a foreign
                       port. He informs the Chief Officer that he won't return.
                                                                                Log the seaman as      Log the seaman as      Log the seaman for
 2    161       A      After the vessel sails, the Chief Officer finds the                                                                       Take no action.
                                                                                a deserter.            a fail to join.        misconduct.
                       seaman's work clothes in his locker. How should the
                       Master handle this matter?




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                             Answer A                    Answer B             Answer C               Answer D         Illustration



                                                                              there are two            the vessel is           discharge
                                                                              certificated             equipped with           containment
 2    162       C      Oil may NOT be transferred unless __________.                                                                                  All of the above
                                                                              tankermen on each        constant-tension        equipment (i.e. drip
                                                                              vessel                   winches                 pans) are in place




                       A look-out should report objects sighted using
 2    164       D                                                             true bearings            magnetic bearings       gyro bearings          relative bearings
                       __________.




                       The distance gained in the direction of the original
 2    166       A      course when you are making a turn is known as          advance                  drift                   tactical diameter      transfer
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                      The Pilot becomes
                                                                              The Pilot is solely      The Master is
                                                                                                                                                      solely responsible
                                                                              responsible for the      responsible for the     The Pilot is solely
                       You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S.                                                                             for the safe
                                                                              safe maneuvering of      safe navigation of      responsible for the
 2    167       B      port. There is a Pilot on board and he has the conn.                                                                           navigation of the
                                                                              the ship only if he is   the ship and the        internal working of
                       Which statement is TRUE?                                                                                                       vessel only if the
                                                                              required to be on        Pilot is employed for   the ship.
                                                                                                                                                      Master relinquishes
                                                                              board by law.            his local knowledge.
                                                                                                                                                      the conn.




                                                                                                                                            using separation
                                                                                                  stowing all the cargo
                                                                              having the cargo on                       using port marks on cloths to separate
 2    168       B      "Block stowage" means __________.                                          for a port in the
                                                                              pallets                                   the cargo           different kinds of
                                                                                                  same area
                                                                                                                                            cargo




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B                Answer C                Answer D         Illustration



                       The lowest temperature at which a liquid will give off
 2    169       B      sufficient vapors to form a flammable mixture with air is fire point             flash point             lower explosive limit threshold limit value
                       known as the __________.




                                                                                                                                                        Cargo piping plan
                                                                                                        Certificate of          Certificate of
                                                                                                                                                        showing loading
                       Which is NOT required on a tankship carrying              A copy of 46 CFR       Adequacy for the        Inspection issued
 2    170       B                                                                                                                                       rates for all
                       hazardous liquid cargoes in bulk?                         parts 35 and 150       hazardous cargoes       under the Tank
                                                                                                                                                        applicable cargo
                                                                                                        carried                 Vessel Regulations
                                                                                                                                                        lines




                       You have determined the maneuvering characteristics
                       of your vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings
 2    171       A      of an isolated light while making a turn. The results  40 yards                  140 yards               190 yards               230 yards              D035DG
                       are as listed. Based on this data what is the transfer
                       for a turn of 30°?



                                                                                                        pay off the seaman
                                                                                                        and make                put the seaman in       send the seaman
                                                                                 call local police, put
                       While a vessel is in a foreign port where there is no                            arrangements with       irons and sail to the   ashore and arrange
                                                                                 the seaman in
 2    172       C      American Consul, a seaman becomes violent prior to                               the agent to return     next port where         with the agent to
                                                                                 prison ashore, and
                       sailing. The Master should __________.                                           him to the original     there is an American    repatriate him by
                                                                                 sail the vessel
                                                                                                        port of signing on in   Consul                  armed guard
                                                                                                        the U.S.




                                                                                                        only between the
                                                                                                                            only when entering
 2    174       D      A proper look-out must be kept __________.                only in fog            hours of sunset and                             at all times
                                                                                                                            and leaving port
                                                                                                        sunrise




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                  Judge the
                                                                                                       Insure that helm and
                                                                                  appropriateness of                         Record the bells and Supervise the
                       While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock,                            throttle orders given
 2    175       B                                                                 the Pilot's orders                         their times in the bell signaling and flag
                       what is the primary responsibility of the watch officer?                        by the Pilot are
                                                                                  and countermand                            book                    etiquette
                                                                                                       correctly executed
                                                                                  them if necessary




                                                                                                                             outermost part of
                       The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by
 2    176       D                                                                 tipping center       bow                   the ship while         center of gravity
                       the __________.
                                                                                                                             making the circle




                       The measurement of the amount of force a towing
                                                                                                       delivered
 2    177       C      vessel is capable of applying to a motionless tow is       shaft horsepower                           bollard pull           towrope pull
                                                                                                       horsepower
                       called __________.




                                                                                  Contamination of     Contamination of a    Contamination of a     Overcarriage,
                       Which can be prevented only by segregating two lots
 2    178       C                                                                 dry cargo by a wet   clean cargo by a      food cargo by an       overstowage, and
                       of cargo into separate holds?
                                                                                  cargo                dirty cargo           odorous cargo          short landing




                       The minimum temperature required to ignite gas or
                                                                                                                             autoignition
 2    179       C      vapor without a spark or flame being present is called     flash point          fire point                                   lower explosive limit
                                                                                                                             temperature
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A             Answer B                Answer C                 Answer D          Illustration



                       Your tank vessel is loading a hazardous cargo. The
 2    180       C      allowance for expansion is based on ambient             0°C to 100°C         -10°C to 90°C           -18°C to 46°C            -40°C to 50°C
                       temperatures of what maximum range?




                                                                               Aliens may be
                                                                               employed except                              Seamen to fill           Vacancies can only
                       Your vessel is on an extended foreign voyage.
                                                                               that all U.S. flag    Qualified aliens may   vacancies must be        be filled by U.S.
                       Several vacancies have occurred in your unlicensed
 2    181       B                                                              vessels must          be employed to fill    flown from U.S. to       citizens with valid
                       crew through sickness and repatriation. Which
                                                                               maintain no less      the vacancies.         join the vessel in the   Merchant Mariner's
                       statement is correct?
                                                                               than 90% U.S.                                foreign port.            Documents.
                                                                               citizens in the crew.




                                                                                                    at the horizon,
                       You are standing look-out duty at night. A dim light on at an area just a
                                                                                                    where the sky and       a little above the       well below the
 2    184       C      the horizon will be seen quickest by looking            little below the
                                                                                                    water appear to         horizon                  horizon
                       __________.                                             horizon
                                                                                                    meet




                                                                               Master should                                                     Master must first
                                                                                                                            Master should agree
                       Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the       foresee any danger vessel must be in                              request the Pilot to
 2    185       A                                                                                                           to sign a release of
                       __________.                                             to the vessel on the extremis                                     take corrective
                                                                                                                            liability form
                                                                               present course                                                    action




                                                                                                    about one-third of      about two-thirds of
                       The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is
 2    186       B                                                              at the hawsepipe     the vessel's length     the vessel's length      near the stern
                       __________.
                                                                                                    from the bow            from the bow




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A             Answer B             Answer C             Answer D            Illustration



                       You are standing the wheel watch on entering port and                                                                   Bring the rudder to a
                       the Master gives you a rudder command which           Ask the Pilot if he                                               position midway
 2    187       C                                                                                 Obey the Pilot.         Obey the Master.
                       conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What relinquishes control.                                              between the two
                       should you do?                                                                                                          conflicting positions.




                       Which cargoes require strips of common building lathe
                                                                             Canned soups            Cardboard cartons    Paper products       Refrigerated fruit
 2    188       D      as dunnage in order to carry away heat generated by
                                                                             packaged in crates      of shoes             packaged in rolls    that is ripening
                       the cargo?




                                                                                                                          the lowest           a measurement of
                                                                                                                          temperature and      the amount of
                                                                                exerted by liquid    exerted by liquid
                                                                                                                          pressure that will   flammable vapors
 2    189       D      Reid vapor pressure is __________.                       cargo on the sides   cargo on a cargo
                                                                                                                          cause a flammable    given off by a liquid
                                                                                of a tank            hose body
                                                                                                                          liquid to give off   at a certain
                                                                                                                          vapors               temperature




                       You are on a vessel that carries liquefied gasses in
                                                                                                     Exact quantity on    Name and address     Firefighting
 2    190       D      bulk. The person on watch is required to have what       Port of loading
                                                                                                     board                of consignee         procedures
                       information about the cargo easily accessible?




                       An alien crewmember with a D-1 permit leaves the
 2    191       B      vessel in a U.S. port and fails to return. The first report Customs Service   Immigration Service local police          OCMI
                       you make should be to the __________.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                            Answer A            Answer B            Answer C               Answer D         Illustration




                       The mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n)
 2    192       A                                                            offshore bow line   onshore bow line    offshore spring line   forward breast line    D044DG
                       __________.




                       On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from
                                                                                                 the International
                       your vessel's operators saying that your vessel has                                           Radio Navigational
 2    193       C                                                           the Light List       Code of Signals                            the Coast Pilot
                       been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. Further                                          Aids (PUB 117)
                                                                                                 (PUB 102)
                       information is contained in __________.




                       A vessel spotted at 45° relative can be reported as   on the starboard    broad on the        4 points forward of    4 points abaft the
 2    194       B
                       __________.                                           beam                starboard bow       starboard bow          starboard beam




                       You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel.                                          Master or his
                                                                                                 U.S. Coast Guard
 2    195       C      The Dangerous Cargo Manifest must be signed by the shipper                                    authorized             Master only
                                                                                                 Marine Inspector
                       __________.                                                                                   representative




                       A VLCC (100,000 DWT+) with a 30,000 Shaft
                       Horsepower Steam Turbine is slow to respond to                            smaller power to                           larger power to
 2    196       B                                                            bigger propeller                        smaller propeller
                       engine movements and has less stopping power than                         weight ratio                               weight ratio
                       normal ships because it has a __________.




                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                  Answer A              Answer B                  Answer C              Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                                                                       a splice made by
                                                                                                        narrow strips of light     marline tightly
                                                                                   marline or ratline                                                  laying the strand of
                                                                                                        canvas or cotton           wound on the rope
 2    197       C      Serving is __________.                                      wound along the                                                     one rope into the
                                                                                                        cloth spiral-wrapped       by means of a board
                                                                                   grooves of a rope                                                   vacated grooves of
                                                                                                        along the rope             or mallet
                                                                                                                                                       another rope




                                                                                                         to prevent cargo                                 to support the
                                                                                   for securing a                                  to provide fittings to
                       Battens are fitted in cargo holds across the frames of                            from coming in                                   dunnage floors
                                                                                   snatch block when                               which cargo
 2    198       B      the vessel from the turn of the bilge upward. The                                 contact with the                                 which are laid down
                                                                                   snaking cargo into                              lashings may be
                       purpose of these cargo battens is __________.                                     vessel's frames or                               between tiers of
                                                                                   the wings of the hold                           secured
                                                                                                         shell plating                                    cargo




                                                                                                                                                        Opening in the deck
                                                                                   Tube fitted to an    Area the product is        Void or empty space
 2    199       C      What is a cofferdam?                                                                                                             used for cleaning a
                                                                                   ullage hole          loaded into                separating two tanks
                                                                                                                                                        tank




                       Your vessel is in a foreign port and you find that one of
                                                                                   Inventory his gear   Leave the seaman           Leave the seaman
                       the crew members has been incarcerated for
                                                                                   and send it and a    in jail and log him as     in jail and log him as Pay the seaman's
 2    201       D      drunkenness. The Official Logbook shows that the
                                                                                   pay voucher ashore   a fail to join after the   a deserter after the fine.
                       seaman doesn't have funds to cover the costs of the
                                                                                   with the agent.      vessel sails.              vessel sails.
                       fine. Which action should the Master take?




                       How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a                             It pushes the entire
                                                                            It pulls the bow                                       It pulls the stern   It heels the vessel
 2    203       C      single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow                                    vessel away from
                                                                            toward the bank.                                       toward the bank.     toward the bank.
                       channel?                                                                         the bank.




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                             Answer A               Answer B                Answer C                Answer D         Illustration



                                                                            Put the rudder over     Put the rudder          Shift the rudder
                       What does the helm command "shift the rudder"        to the opposite side,   amidships and hold      control to the          Stop the swing of
 2    204       A
                       mean?                                                the same number of      the heading steady      alternate steering      the ship.
                                                                            degrees it is now.      as she goes.            method.




                       A vessel is to make a voyage between New York and
 2    205       A      San Juan, Puerto Rico, and return. The crew should   Coastwise Articles      Foreign Articles        Intercoastal Articles no articles
                       be signed on __________.




                                                                                                                                                    speed at which a
                                                                            difference between                              distance the vessel     vessel should
                                                                                                    distance the vessel
                                                                            the vessel's speed                              will run between        proceed to ensure
                                                                                                    has actually run
                       In stopping distances of vessels, "head reach" can   through the water at                            taking action to stop   that she will run a
 2    206       C                                                                                   through the water
                       best be described as the __________.                 any instant and the                             her and being           predetermined
                                                                                                    since a change of
                                                                            new speed ordered                               stationary in the       distance, once her
                                                                                                    speed was ordered
                                                                            on the telegraph                                water                   engines have been
                                                                                                                                                    stopped




                       A towing vessel's capability is BEST measured by
                                                                                                                                                    towing winch
 2    207       C      horsepower, maneuverability, displacement, and       stability               propeller design        bollard pull
                                                                                                                                                    horsepower
                       __________.




                                                                         approximately 1/2          approximately 1/2       approximately 1/2
                                                                                                                                                  to the same length
                       Your vessel has been damaged and you must shore a inch longer than the       inch shorter than the   inch shorter per foot
 2    208       B                                                                                                                                 as the measured
                       bulkhead. You should cut the shore __________.    measured length to         measured length to      of shoring to allow
                                                                                                                                                  length
                                                                         allow for trimming         allow for wedges        for wet expansion




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A             Answer B               Answer C               Answer D        Illustration




                       A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign                         the vessel is          there is a change of there is a change of
 2    211       B                                                               intoxicated
                       Articles when __________.                                                     overloaded             home port            Master




                       Your vessel is port side to a pier with a spring line led
                       aft from the bow. In calm weather, putting the engines the bow in and the     both the bow and       the bow out and the both the bow and
 2    212       A
                       ahead with the rudder hard left should bring              stern out           stern in               stern in            stern out
                       __________.




                       You are the Master of a single-screw vessel. You are
                       docking at a port which has no tugs available. You                                                                         you should NEVER
                                                                                5 to 7 times the     1 1/2 to 2 times the   equal to the depth of
 2    213       B      decide to drop the offshore anchor to help in docking.                                                                     use the anchor to
                                                                                depth of the water   depth of the water     the water
                       The amount of chain you should pay out is                                                                                  help in docking
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                             note the course and
                                                                                use rudder to check decrease the rudder
 2    214       A      The helm command "meet her" means __________.                                                    steer more carefully steady on that
                                                                                the swing           angle which is on
                                                                                                                                             heading




                       How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a                                                 It pushes the entire
                                                                            It pulls the bow         It heels the vessel                           It pulls the stern
 2    215       D      single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow                                                        vessel away from
                                                                            toward the bank.         toward the bank.                              toward the bank.
                       channel?                                                                                             the bank.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A             Answer B              Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                       As a ship moves through the water, it drags with it a
 2    216       D      body of water called the wake. The ratio of the wake    propeller velocity    speed of advance     wake distribution     wake fraction
                       speed to the ship's speed is called __________.




                       The holding capability of an anchor is primarily                              stowage of the       anchor's ability to   size of the vessel
 2    217       C                                                              shape of the anchor
                       determined by the __________.                                                 anchor on board      dig in                and its draft




                                                                                                     To provide                                 To support
                                                                               To act as ballast for                      To secure the
 2    218       B      What is the main purpose of dunnage?                                          ventilation and                            weakened
                                                                               light vessels                              tarpaulins in place
                                                                                                     drainage for cargo                         bulkheads




                       What refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a
 2    219       A                                                              Innage                Outage               Thievage              Ullage
                       tank?




                                                                               has the right to an
                       A vessel arrives in a foreign port and the Master is                                                                     must remain aboard
                                                                               immediate
                       informed that the vessel is being sold to foreign                                                  must comply with      until the vessel is
                                                                               discharge and         must remain on
 2    221       A      interests. The new owners request that the crew                                                    the decision made     delivered to the new
                                                                               transportation to     board
                       remain on board to complete the voyage. Under these                                                by the Master         owners at a mutually
                                                                               original port of
                       circumstances, the crew __________.                                                                                      agreed upon port
                                                                               engagement




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B             Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




                       A lot of special cargo of similar cartons, as shown, is to
 2    222       D                                                                 50 pounds           1100 pounds          1200 pounds          1250 pounds              D042DG
                       be loaded. What is the weight of the consignment?




                       Who is responsible for providing urine specimen
                                                                                Qualified medical     The marine           The U.S. Coast       The local police
 2    223       B      collection kits to be used following a serious marine
                                                                                personnel             employer             Guard                department
                       incident?




                                                                                                                           check, but do not
                                                                                put the rudder        use right or left                         change from right to
 2    224       D      The term "Shift the Rudder" means __________.                                                       stop the vessel from
                                                                                amidships             rudder                                    left or left or right
                                                                                                                           swinging




                                                                                It has no effect on   It has no effect on Its velocity is the
                       Which statement is TRUE concerning the vessel's                                                                          The propeller gives
 2    226       D                                                               the steering of the   the rudder when the same as that of the
                       slipstream?                                                                                                              it a helical motion.
                                                                                vessel.               helm is amidships. wake.




                                                                                                                           be formed on a bight
                                                                                have equal legs of    have a large angle                        never be made up of
 2    227       A      An ocean towing bridle should __________.                                                           of cable through a
                                                                                sufficient length     between the legs                          chain
                                                                                                                           ring




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A               Answer B               Answer C                 Answer D        Illustration



                       Securing cargo by running timbers from an upper
 2    228       D      support down to the cargo, either vertically or at an   braces                 dunnage                shores                 toms
                       angle, is called __________.




                       Which refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a
 2    229       D                                                              Outage                 Ullage                 Thievage               Innage
                       tank?




                                                                               Coast Guard, only if   nearest Coast
                       You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger                                                       Coast Guard, only if   Coast Guard, only if
                                                                               the grounding          Guard Marine
                       vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally                                                  the grounding          the grounding
 2    230       B                                                              results in damage to   Safety or Marine
                       runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger                                                     results in a loss of   results in injury to
                                                                               property in excess     Inspection Office as
                       vessels, you must notify the __________.                                                              life                   personnel
                                                                               of $25,000             soon as possible




                       The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is
 2    232       B                                                              tripping angle         fluke angle            penetration angle      holding angle
                       called the __________.




                                                                                                                                                    No fending is
                                                                                                                                                    necessary due to
                       A vessel brought alongside should be fended off the     crew members
 2    233       C                                                                                     a boat hook            fenders                the rugged
                       towing vessel by __________.                            using their arms
                                                                                                                                                    construction of most
                                                                                                                                                    towing vessels.




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                 Answer A              Answer B              Answer C                Answer D       Illustration


                                                                                                                               change from right
                                                                                   double your rudder                          rudder to left rudder,
                       The helm command "shift your rudder" means                                        bring your rudder                            check the swing of
 2    234       C                                                                  angle or go to full                         or vice versa, an
                       __________.                                                                       amidships                                    the vessel
                                                                                   rudder                                      equal number of
                                                                                                                               degrees




                                                                                                                              Eye formed with a
                       Which ending is NOT acceptable in a wire rope that is
 2    235       B                                                                  Poured socket         Liverpool eye splice pressure clamped       Eye formed by clips
                       free to rotate when hoisting?
                                                                                                                              sleeve




                       As the propeller turns, voids are formed on the trailing
                       and leading edges of the propeller blades causing a
 2    236       B                                                                  advance               cavitation            edging                slip
                       loss of propulsive efficiency, pitting of the blades, and
                       vibration. These voids are known as __________.




                                                                                                        prevents the sling     prevents the sling
                                                                                                        ring from coming out   ring from coming out
                                                                                   increases the
 2    237       B      The latch of a safety hook __________.                                           of the hook if the     of the hook if there All of the above
                                                                                   strength of the hook
                                                                                                        strain is abruptly     is a strain on the
                                                                                                        eased                  sling ring




                                                                                   runs from a low                             is placed on the
                                                                                                                                                     is run horizontally
                       A shore is a piece of securing dunnage that                 supporting level up   is also known as a    deck under the
 2    238       A                                                                                                                                    from a support to
                       __________.                                                 to the cargo at an    "distance piece"      cargo to distribute
                                                                                                                                                     the cargo
                                                                                   angle                                       its weight evenly




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B               Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                                                   keep flames and
                                                                                 contain flammable      protect firefighters   prevent flames from sparks from getting
 2    239       C      Flame screens are used to __________.
                                                                                 fumes                  from flames            entering tanks      out of an engine's
                                                                                                                                                   exhaust system




                       The best way to lift many small articles aboard your
 2    240       A                                                                pallet                 barrel hook            spreader              snotter
                       vessel is with a __________.




                       If there are any changes in the crew in a foreign port,   the Master on the      the Master on the      U.S. Consul on the    U.S. Consul on the
 2    241       B
                       the changes will be made by __________.                   Certified Crew List    Shipping Articles      Certified Crew List   Shipping Articles




                                                                                 put the rudder over                           meet a swing to the put the rudder over
                                                                                                        jam the rudder
 2    244       A      "Hard right rudder" means __________.                     to the right all the                          right, then return to quickly to 15° right
                                                                                                        against the stops
                                                                                 way                                           amidships             rudder




                       The fitting that allows a boom to move freely both
 2    245       D                                                                swivel                 lizard                 spider band           gooseneck
                       vertically and laterally is called the __________.




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                 Answer A           Answer B                Answer C             Answer D          Illustration




                       The force exerted by a propeller which tends to throw
 2    246       B                                                              slip                 sidewise force          rotational force     thrust
                       the stern right or left is called __________.




                                                                                                                            swung from one
                       The main advantage and chief characteristic of a        operated by one
 2    247       C                                                                                   cradled on deck         hatch to the         collared to the mast
                       Steulchen boom is that it can be __________.            winchman
                                                                                                                            adjacent hatch




                       Dunnage may be used to protect a cargo from loss or                                                                       hygroscopic
 2    248       A                                                              ship's sweat         inherent vice           tainting
                       damage by __________.                                                                                                     absorption




                       Functions aboard a tanker or tank barge such as                                                                           the person
                                                                               any certificated     the Master of the       the officer of the
 2    249       D      connecting, disconnecting, and topping off must be                                                                        designated as
                                                                               tankerman            vessel                  watch
                       supervised by __________.                                                                                                 "person in charge"




                                                                                                    Record of Entry in a    Certificate of       Mutual Release (CG-
                                                                               letter of service on
                       A seaman lost his continuous discharge book during                           Continuous              Discharge with the   2119), and the
                                                                               company letterhead
 2    251       C      the voyage. Upon discharge from Articles, he should                          Discharge Book for      white copy           articles should be
                                                                               signed and sealed
                       be issued a __________.                                                      use in applying for a   forwarded to the     annotated as to the
                                                                               by the master
                                                                                                    duplicate book          Commandant           loss




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A              Answer B             Answer C              Answer D          Illustration

                                                                               Carbon disulfide
                                                                                                     Pyridine and         Pyridine must be      A tank of
                                                                               may be carried in
                                                                                                     diisopropylamine     separated from        diisopropylamine
                       You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide,    NOS. 1 and 2 center
                                                                                                     may not be carried   carbon disulfide by   may be used to
 2    252       B      diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product     tanks and
                                                                                                     in tanks having a    two barriers          separate a tank of
                       tankship. Which statement is true?                      diisopropylamine in
                                                                                                     common header        (cofferdams, voids,   pyridine from a tank
                                                                               NOS. 1 and 2 wing
                                                                                                     vent.                empty tanks, etc.).   of carbon disulfide.
                                                                               tanks.




                       The forward movement of a vessel in one revolution of
 2    253       C                                                            advance                 head reach           the pitch             transfer
                       its propeller is measured by __________.




                                                                               move the rudder
                                                                               slowly in the                                                  steer the course
                                                                                                     bring the rudder     decrease the rudder
 2    254       C      "Ease the rudder" means to __________.                  direction of the most                                          which is your
                                                                                                     amidships            angle
                                                                               recent rudder                                                  present heading
                                                                               command




                       When fruit is carried as refrigerated cargo, the most
                                                                               leaks in the ship's  improper cleaning of carriage at the        improper precooling
 2    256       B      frequent cause of its being infected at the discharge
                                                                               refrigeration system the cargo spaces     wrong temperature      of the cargo spaces
                       port is __________.




                       The distance between the surface of the liquid and the
 2    257       C                                                             thievage               innage               ullage                tankage
                       tank top in a cargo tank is called __________.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                             Answer A               Answer B               Answer C               Answer D           Illustration


                                                                             A flammable gas                                                      Aluminum, copper,
                       Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous                            The cargo may be       Carriage of this
                                                                             detection system                                                     zinc, and mercury
                       ammonia in bulk. The keel was laid in 1980. Which                            gauged by              cargo is authorized
 2    258       B                                                            must be installed in                                                 are allowed in valve
                       statement concerning the carriage of this cargo is                           automatic float type   by issuance of an
                                                                             each cargo pump                                                      parts in contact with
                       TRUE?                                                                        devices.               IMO Certificate.
                                                                             room.                                                                the cargo.




                                                                                                                                                seek the shipper's
                                                                             have the U.S.C.G.
                       You receive a package, for shipment aboard your                                                    repair or replace the advice with regard
                                                                             Captain of the Port    note an exception
 2    260       D      vessel, containing Class 1 explosives. The package is                                              packaging before      to withdrawal,
                                                                             approve the            on the Bill of Lading
                       damp, moldy and stained. You must __________.                                                      stowage               repair, or
                                                                             shipment
                                                                                                                                                replacement




                                                                                                    An entry should be     If a vessel was on
                                                                             A Certificate of       made in the book       coastwise articles,    The record of entry
                       A seaman about to be discharged has a Continuous      Discharge Form         and a Certificate of   the record of          in the book must be
 2    261       D
                       Discharge Book. Which statement is TRUE?              should be attached     Discharge Form         discharge will be      submitted to the
                                                                             to the book.           issued to the          made in the Official   Coast Guard.
                                                                                                    seaman.                Logbook.




                                                                                                                           prevents the sling
                       Mousing a cargo hook with marline or small line       increases the lifting protects the hook
 2    262       C                                                                                                          ring from coming out All of the above
                       __________.                                           capacity of the hook from the sling ring
                                                                                                                           of the hook




                                                                                                    Damage to interior
                                                                             Damage below the                              Damage in way of       Damage at or just
 2    263       D      Which type of hull damage should be repaired FIRST?                          watertight
                                                                             waterline                                     machinery rooms        above the waterline
                                                                                                    boundaries




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                            Question                                  Answer A               Answer B                    Answer C            Answer D          Illustration



                       The total weight of cargo, fuel, water, stores,
 2    264       B      passengers and crew, and their effects, that a ship           bale cubic             deadweight               gross tonnage          loaded displacement
                       can carry, is the __________.




                                                                                                                                                        All the above may
                                                                                              Shackles are                           Hooks and shackles
                                                                         Hooks are stronger                                                             be true, depending
                                                                                              stronger than hooks                    of the same
 2    265       B      Which statement is TRUE about hooks and shackles? than shackles of the                                                           on the hook's or
                                                                                              of the same                            diameter are of
                                                                         same diameter.                                                                 shackle's overall
                                                                                              diameter.                              equal strength.
                                                                                                                                                        length.




                       The distance that a ship moves forward with each
 2    266       C      revolution of its propeller, if there is no slip, is called   advance                head reach               pitch                  transfer
                       __________.




                                                                                                          Class 1.4 explosives       Class 1.4 explosives   Class 1.4 explosives
                                                                                     Class 1.1 explosives
                                                                                                          must be "separated         may not be stowed      must be "separated
                       Which statement is NOT true concerning the stowage            may be stowed with
 2    267       C                                                                                         from" a stow of            in the same hold       from" a stow of
                       of class 1 explosives?                                        class 9 dangerous
                                                                                                          class 5.1 oxidizing        with class 6.1         class 8 corrosive
                                                                                     substances
                                                                                                          materials.                 poisons.               materials.




                                                                                                            At the grab (pear)
                                                                                     The amount of take-    link, the slack end of   The lashings should    The turnbuckle
                       When a deck cargo is secured with chain or wire
                                                                                     up is limited by the   chain should be led      be inspected each      should be secured
 2    268       A      lashings and grab (pear) links, which statement is
                                                                                     length of the          back and secured to      day and any slack      with a stick or lock
                       FALSE?
                                                                                     turnbuckle.            the chain above the      taken up.              nuts.
                                                                                                            link.




                                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                             Answer A                Answer B                Answer C              Answer D        Illustration




                       Total responsibility for shipping and discharging the                                                  U.S. Custom
 2    271       A                                                              Master of the vessel steamship company                               U.S. Coast Guard
                       seamen is that of the __________.                                                                      Service




                                                                               one meter from the    one half the ullage      one half the ullage   at three meter
                       When measuring the oxygen content of the cargo
                                                                               tank bottom and one   of the tank and one      of the tank and one   intervals from the
 2    272       B      tanks prior to loading cargoes requiring vapor
                                                                               meter below the       meter below the          meter above the       tank top to the
                       recovery, check it __________.
                                                                               tank top              tank top                 tank bottom           bottom




                                                                                                     be elevated with
                       You will load class 1.2 commercial explosives and
                                                                                                     skids 10cm (3.9                                be fastened with
 2    273       B      need to construct a portable magazine. The magazine be made of metal                                   have a hinged cover
                                                                                                     inches) above the                              nails or screws
                       MUST __________.
                                                                                                     deck




                                                                                                     Net tonnage is
                                                                            Net tonnage is the                                Net tonnage is gross
                                                                                                     tonnage of cargo                              Net tonnage is the
                       What is the difference between net tonnage and gross gross tonnage less                                tonnage minus
 2    274       A                                                                                    compared to                                   net weight of the
                       tonnage?                                             certain deductible                                engine and bunker
                                                                                                     tonnage of whole                              ship.
                                                                            spaces.                                           spaces.
                                                                                                     ship.




                       You have taken another vessel in tow at sea. You can                          tow line feels like it
                                                                            vessels are not in                                catenary comes        towed vessel goes
 2    275       C      tell that the towing speed is too fast when the                               is "jumping" when
                                                                            step                                              clear of the water    "in irons"
                       __________.                                                                   touched




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B                Answer C               Answer D            Illustration



                       As a ship moves through the water, it causes a wake,
                       which is also moving forward relative to the sea. In     downward and            downward and            upward and inward      upward and outward
 2    276       C
                       addition to a fore and aft motion, this wake also has    inward flow             outward flow            flow                   flow
                       a(n) __________.



                                                                                                                                                    After Naval Control
                                                                                The Naval Control of    Allied ships, which                         of Shipping has
                                                                                                                                The conduct of US-
                                                                                Shipping                are at sea when an                          been established,
                                                                                                                                flag ships in an
                       Allied Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) has been          Organization of         emergency is                                permission to sail
 2    277       D                                                                                                               allied port will be
                       established. Which statement is TRUE?                    each nation will        declared, will all be                       must come from
                                                                                                                                controlled by US
                                                                                serve their own         controlled by a                             local naval
                                                                                                                                NCS authorities.
                                                                                ships only.             central authority.                          authorities or
                                                                                                                                                    consular officers.


                                                                                                                                Rules and
                                                                                                                                                       vessel's
                       Regulations concerning the stowage, lashing, and                                                         Regulations for
                                                                            International Cargo Load Line                                              classification society
 2    278       B      securing of timber deck cargoes aboard general cargo                                                     Cargo and
                                                                            Bureau Regulations Regulations                                             rules and
                       vessels may be found in the __________.                                                                  Miscellaneous
                                                                                                                                                       regulations
                                                                                                                                Vessels




                       Your ship is in a neutral port when full Naval Control of
                                                                                 U.S. Naval Control     allied Naval Control Consular Shipping
 2    280       D      Shipping is established. You may expect to be                                                                                   Any of the above
                                                                                 of Shipping Officer    of Shipping Officer Advisors (CONSA)
                       boarded and instructed by a(n) __________.




                                                                                The Master will
                                                                                                        The name of the         The U.S. Consul will
                                                                                remove the replaced                                                    The U.S. Consul will
                       Which action will take place if a crew member is                                 new man is added        remove the replaced
                                                                                man's name from                                                        add the new man's
 2    281       B      replaced in a U.S. port after foreign articles have been                         to the articles but     man's name from
                                                                                the Certified Crew                                                     name to the
                       signed, and the ship proceeds foreign?                                           not to the Certified    the Certified Crew
                                                                                List but not from the                                                  Certified Crew List.
                                                                                                        Crew List.              List.
                                                                                articles.




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B                 Answer C                 Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                                      keep all voyage
                       The owner, agent, Master or person-in-charge of a "T-     immediately notify                            file a written report
                                                                                                      records and make
                       Boat" involved in a marine casualty causing injury that   the nearest USCG                              (CG2692) of the
 2    282       D                                                                                     them available to                                 All of the above
                       requires professional medical treatment must              MSO, MIO, or                                  casualty within five
                                                                                                      Coast Guard
                       __________.                                               Group Office                                  days
                                                                                                      investigators




                                                                                 depth between        internal cubic           molded depth of the
 2    284       D      The beam of a vessel refers to the __________.                                                                              width of the vessel
                                                                                 decks                capacity                 vessel




                                                                                                                                                        torque from the
                                                                                                      greater pressure on      lower pressure on
                                                                                                                                                        velocity and angle at
                       Sidewise force of the propeller tends to throw a                               the right or left side   the right or left side
                                                                                 back current from                                                      which the
 2    286       D      vessel's stern to the right or left, depending on                              of the propeller,        of the propeller,
                                                                                 the rudder                                                             surrounding water
                       rotation. This force is caused by __________.                                  depending on             depending on
                                                                                                                                                        impinges upon the
                                                                                                      rotation                 rotation
                                                                                                                                                        propeller blades




                       On the cargo manifest, the weight of the cargo inside a
 2    287       B                                                              gross weight           net weight               light weight             rate weight
                       box is called __________.




                       What is NOT a form used by ice support services to
 2    290       D                                                                Ice Analyses         Ice Forecasts            Ice Outlooks             Ice Bulletins
                       disseminate information?




                                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A                 Answer B                Answer C            Answer D          Illustration


                                                                              issue a Certificate of   issue a Certificate of   retain the crew
                       You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing                                                                            retain the crew
                                                                              Discharge and make       Discharge or make        member's
                       vessel making coastwise runs. Whenever a crew                                                                               member's Certificate
 2    291       B                                                             an entry in his          an entry in his          Continuous
                       member is discharged from your vessel you must                                                                              of Discharge
                                                                              Continuous               Continuous               Discharge Book
                       __________.                                                                                                                 onboard
                                                                              Discharge Book           Discharge Book           onboard




                                                                                                                                increasing the
                       Stress on the topping lift of a swinging boom can be                                                     mechanical         taking all slack out
 2    292       B                                                             rigging a back stay      raising the boom
                       reduced by __________.                                                                                   advantage of the   of the preventer
                                                                                                                                cargo purchase




                                                                              Auxiliary machinery
                       Which space(s) is(are) NOT exempt when measuring                                                                            Galley in a
 2    293       C                                                             spaces above the    Steering gear room            Cargo holds
                       gross tonnage?                                                                                                              deckhouse
                                                                              deck




                                                                                                                                                   number of long tons
                                                                              cubic capacity of a      deadweight carrying gross tonnage of a
 2    294       D      Displacement refers to the __________.                                                                                      of water displaced
                                                                              vessel                   capacity of a vessel vessel
                                                                                                                                                   by a vessel afloat




                                                                                                                                                   National Weather
                       Which publication offers information on Great Lakes
 2    295       B                                                             Light List volume VII U.S. Coast Pilot #6         Marine Weather Log Service, Ice
                       ice services?
                                                                                                                                                   Outlooks




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A              Answer B                Answer C                Answer D            Illustration




                       You are on a course of 000°T and put the rudder right
 2    296       B                                                               000°T                 090°T                  180°T                   270°T
                       30°. In which direction will the transfer be measured?




                       Commercial ships or other persons or agencies
                                                                                the Canadian Coast                           the Ice Navigation      the icebreaker
 2    297       B      requiring the assistance of Canadian Coast Guard                            Ice Sarnia
                                                                                Guard                                        Center                  assigned to the area
                       icebreakers should first contact __________.




                                                                                a tug comes           a large, fresh oil spill
                                                                                alongside while the   is discovered                                   there is a fire on the
                       Cargo transfer operations on a tank vessel need NOT                                                     there is an electrical
 2    299       A                                                               tanker is loading     immediately                                     dock or on a nearby
                       be stopped when __________.                                                                             storm in the vicinity
                                                                                grade D and E         adjacent to the side                            vessel
                                                                                cargoes               of the tanker




                       On which form do you provide a written report of
 2    300       B      Marine Casualty to the nearest Coast Guard Marine        DD 214                CG 2692                DOT 211                 CG 5511
                       Safety Office?




                                                                           An AB with an
                                                                           endorsement of                                                   A Chief Steward
                                                                                                                        A Purser with an
                       You are signing on a crew. Which person is          "Any unlicensed            A seaman with an                      with an MMD only
                                                                                                                        MMD only endorsed
 2    301       B      presenting a Merchant Mariner's Document (MMD) that rating in the deck         MMD only endorsed                     endorsed as
                                                                                                                        "See certificate of
                       you should suspect as being invalid?                department                 as "Bosun"                            "Steward's Dept.
                                                                                                                        registry"
                                                                           including Able                                                   (FH)"
                                                                           Seaman"




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B               Answer C           Answer D        Illustration




                       What requires a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or    Collision with a      Injury beyond first
 2    303       D                                                                                                           loss of life        All of the above
                       Death?                                                  bridge                aid




                                                                                                     bring the head into                        move the vessel by
 2    304       D      To warp a vessel means to __________.                   anchor the vessel                            clean the decks
                                                                                                     the wind                                   hauling on lines




                                                                                                     an injury to a
                                                                                                     crewmember,            grounding of a
                                                                               an allision that      passenger, or other    vessel on a sandbar
                                                                               results in $500       person which           that does not result
 2    305       B      What is considered a Serious Marine Incident?                                                                             None of the above
                                                                               damage to a boat      requires               in injuries and/or
                                                                               dock                  professional medical   any damage to the
                                                                                                     treatment beyond       vessel
                                                                                                     first aid



                       You are aboard a single-screw vessel with a right-
                                                                                                                                                swing its stern to
                       handed propeller. The vessel is dead in the water and                        kick its stern to       move astern without
 2    306       A                                                            kick its stern to port                                             starboard, then to
                       the rudder is amidships. If you reverse your engine                          starboard               swinging
                                                                                                                                                port
                       you would expect your vessel to __________.




                       Which type of chemical testing is NOT required of
 2    307       D                                                              Pre-employment        Periodic               Random              Annual
                       merchant marine personnel?




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                  Answer A            Answer B              Answer C            Answer D        Illustration



                       When planning the loading or discharging of a VLCC
                                                                                                        Limits of the
 2    309       B      (100,000 DWT+) what is the most important                    Draft and trim                          Rate of discharging Rate of loading
                                                                                                        bending moments
                       consideration?




                       Operators of Uninspected Passenger Vessels are               only when operating
                                                                                                        only when operating only when carrying
 2    310       C      required to keep their Coast Guard License aboard            more than one mile                                            At all times
                                                                                                        at night            passengers for hire
                       __________.                                                  from shore




                       The Shipping Articles shall be signed by each seaman                      Shipping                                         U.S. Customs
 2    311       A                                                           Master of the vessel                            U.S. Coast Guard
                       and the __________.                                                       Commissioner                                     Service




                       If you are bunkering and you close off one tank in the
 2    312       A      line of tanks being filled, the rate of flow to other open   increase            decrease            stop                  remain constant
                       tanks on the same line will __________.




                       With the exception of a Coast Guard approved
                       commercial hybrid Personal Flotation Device (PFD),
 2    313       A                                                                   Type I              Type II             Type III              None of the above
                       which type of life preserver must be carried for each
                       person on board an uninspected passenger vessel?




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A              Answer B             Answer C                  Answer D        Illustration




 2    314       D      "Avast" means __________.                               let go              pull                   slack off               stop




                       A vessel must have one approved ring life buoy on
 2    315       C                                                              6 feet              16 feet                26 feet                 36 feet
                       board if its length is over how many feet?




                                                                                                   spraying or
                                                                               flow of petroleum                          settling of solids or
 2    319       D      Static electricity may be built up by the __________.                       splashing of                                   All of the above
                                                                               through pipes                              water in petroleum
                                                                                                   petroleum




                       Containers of flammable solids should be
 2    320       B      conspicuously labeled by the shipper with a             green label         red and white label    orange label            yellow label
                       __________.




                                                                                                    Cargo booms must      Cargo booms must
                                                                              Cargo booms must
                       Which is a TRUE statement concerning the examining                           be weight tested at   be weight tested at
                                                                              be weight tested at                                                 No test at this time
 2    321       D      of cargo equipment at the time of a vessels Inspection                       this time by the      this time by the
                                                                              this time by the U.S.                                               is required.
                       for Certification.                                                           American Bureau of    National Cargo
                                                                              Coast Guard.
                                                                                                    Shipping.             Bureau.




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A             Answer B                Answer C                 Answer D         Illustration



                                                                            periodically inspect                     keep a fire hose run allow no chipping or
                       You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel.                      keep a warning sign
 2    323       A                                                           it and make an entry                     out and ready for    painting in the
                       The regulations require you to __________.                                posted nearby
                                                                            in a log                                 use if needed        vicinity of the cargo




                                                                                                       casting fitted at the
                                                                                deck fitting used to                           sharp block of wood
                                                                                                       side of a weather                           smoke pipe for the
 2    324       B      A "chock" is a __________.                               secure mooring                                 used to support
                                                                                                       deck, used as a                             galley stove
                                                                                lines                                          hygroscopic cargo
                                                                                                       fairlead




                       A deck fitting, used to secure line or wire rope,
 2    325       D      consisting of a single body with two protruding horns is bitt                   bollard                 capstan               cleat
                       called a __________.




                       In order to back a right-handed, single-screw vessel in
 2    326       C      a straight line, you will probably need to use          very little rudder      some left rudder        some right rudder     full left rudder
                       __________.




                                                                                Methyl acrylate may    The heating coils to    Valve components      Each crew member
                       You are on a multiple product tankship and carrying      be loaded in a tank    the cargo tank          made of aluminum,     working on deck
 2    327       B      methyl acrylate, diethanolamine, and triethylamine.      adjacent to            loaded with methyl      copper, or zinc may   must have an
                       Which statement is TRUE?                                 diethanolamine but     acrylate must be        not be in contact     emergency escape
                                                                                not triethylamine.     blanked off.            with the cargoes.     breathing apparatus.




                                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                             Answer A               Answer B               Answer C         Answer D         Illustration




                       Litmus paste is used in order to determine                                                                           the tank's datum
 2    329       B                                                            innage                 thievage               ullage
                       __________.                                                                                                          point




                       You have completed a Dangerous Cargo Manifest for
                                                                                                                           on or near the   outside the
 2    330       C      dangerous cargoes loaded on board. It should be kept in the radio room       in the ship's office
                                                                                                                           bridge           Captain's stateroom
                       in a conspicuous location __________.




                       Shipping articles are a contract of agreement between
 2    331       C                                                            charterers             Coast Guard            Master           vessel's owner
                       the members of the crew and the __________.




                                                                                                                        decrease the        note the course and
                                                                                                    use rudder to check
 2    332       B      The helm command "Meet her" means __________.         steer more carefully                       existing rudder     steady on that
                                                                                                    the swing
                                                                                                                        angle               heading




                       The space above the engine room is called the
 2    334       A                                                            fidley                 gold locker            middle hatch     noble
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                           Deck General
                                                                                                                                                              Book Two
                                                                                                                                                          February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A           Answer B             Answer C             Answer D        Illustration


                                                                                                                       taking the sea fine
                       You are steaming in a heavy gale and find it necessary stopping the         going slow astern   on the bow and        maintaining speed
 2    335       C      to heave to. Under most circumstances, this is best    engines and drifting and taking the seas reducing the speed    and taking the sea
                       done by __________.                                    beam to the seas     on the quarter      to the minimum to     broad on the bow
                                                                                                                       hold that position




                                                                                                  vessel moves to port                       vessel moves to
                       When a vessel with a single right-hand propeller backs bow falls off to
 2    336       A                                                                                 without changing     bow swings to port    starboard without
                       to port the __________.                                starboard
                                                                                                  heading                                    changing heading




                       On a coastwise tugboat of 199 GT, on a voyage over
                       600 miles, what percentage of the deck crew
 2    337       A                                                              65%                50%                  25%                   0%
                       (excluding licensed officers) must hold a document of
                       able seaman?




                       Oil product samples should be taken from the                                                    shore tank
 2    339       D                                                              dock riser         ship's cargo tanks                         All of the above
                       __________.                                                                                     discharge




 2    340       D      Argon is classified as a __________.                    corrosive          flammable gas        flammable liquid      nonflammable gas




                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A                Answer B                Answer C             Answer D         Illustration




                                                                                                        Certificate of          Admeasurer's
 2    341       A      The Certificate of Freeboard is the __________.          Load Line Certificate                                                Forecastle Card
                                                                                                        Inspection              Certificate




                                                                                afford access to the                                                 provide a base line
                                                                                                     collect water to be        provide access for
 2    344       B      The purpose of a bilge well is to __________.            shell through the                                                    for sounding
                                                                                                     pumped out                 the pneumercator
                                                                                double bottoms                                                       measurements




                                                                                Put the rudder          Put the rudder over     Shift the rudder
                       What does the helm command "shift the rudder"            amidships and hold      to the opposite side,   control to the       Stop the swing of
 2    345       B
                       mean?                                                    the heading steady      the same number of      alternate steering   the ship.
                                                                                as she goes.            degrees it is now.      method.




                       A vessel is equipped with a single right-handed screw.
                                                                                                                                                     in no particular
 2    346       B      With rudder amidships and calm wind, the vessel will straight astern             to port                 to starboard
                                                                                                                                                     direction
                       most likely back __________.




                       You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT
                                                                                Certificates of         All crew members
                       uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwise                                                       Able seamen are      The sailors shall be
                                                                                Discharge are not       shall have Merchant
 2    347       A      towing from the Gulf of Mexico to the New York area, a                                               required in the deck divided into 3
                                                                                required to be          Mariner's
                       distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is                                                  crew.                watches.
                                                                                issued.                 Documents.
                       FALSE?




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A              Answer B                Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                                                    Society of Naval
                       The periodic weight testing of a vessel's cargo booms                         American Bureau of National Cargo
 2    349       B                                                              U.S. Coast Guard                                                     Architects and
                       may be performed by the __________.                                           Shipping           Bureau
                                                                                                                                                    Marine Engineers




                       Which certificate is issued by the American Bureau of   Certificate of                                Safety Equipment       Permit to Proceed
 2    351       B                                                                                    Load Line Certificate
                       Shipping?                                               Inspection                                    Certificate            for repairs




                                                                               a short length of line a snatch block for
                                                                                                                             an engine order        the brake on a cargo
 2    354       A      A "stopper" is __________.                              used for temporarily handling a topping
                                                                                                                             telegraph              winch
                                                                               holding another line lift




                       Generally, you can best keep a vessel under steering                                                  no way on, with        no way on, with
 2    355       A                                                              headway               sternway
                       control when the vessel has __________.                                                               engines stopped        engines full ahead




                                                                                                                             welding steel "feet"   erecting vertical
                       It is possible, and sometimes necessary, to strengthen                        building a stage on
                                                                              placing bunker on                              to the deck, on        pillars under the
 2    356       D      the deck of a vessel for carriage of deck cargo by                            which to place the
                                                                              the deck                                       which the cargo is     deck to support the
                       __________.                                                                   cargo
                                                                                                                             placed                 cargo




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                           Answer A              Answer B               Answer C            Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                  Strength of the        Adequate holding
                       What does the proof test load of an anchor chain      Breaking strength of                                             Safe working load of
 2    357       B                                                                                 chain to a specified   power for new
                       demonstrate?                                          the chain                                                        the chain
                                                                                                  limit                  bottom conditions




                       The label required on containers carrying barium oxide                      "Spontaneously                             "Infectious
 2    360       A                                                             "Poison"                                   "Radioactive"
                       in an international shipment must read __________.                          Combustible"                               Substance"




                       The strictest load line regulations apply to                                freighters (break-
 2    361       C                                                            gas carriers                                passenger ships      tankers
                       __________.                                                                 bulk)




                                                                                                                          the weight of the
                                                                                                                                              the propeller is
                                                                             it is overtaken by the it is pulled sideways towing hawser
 2    362       B      A towing vessel is tripped when __________.                                                                            fouled by the towing
                                                                             tow                    by the tow            causes loss of
                                                                                                                                              hawser
                                                                                                                          maneuverability




                       Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage    Companions and
 2    363       B                                                                                  Chart room            Open structures      All of the above
                       to derive net tonnage?                                booby hatches




                                                                                                                                                             Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                Book Two
                                                                                                                                                            February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B              Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




 2    364       C      A long ton is __________.                                 1,000 pounds         2,000 pounds          2,240 pounds         2,400 pounds




                                                                                                      about one-third of    about one-quarter of
                       When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a
 2    366       C                                                            at the bow               the vessel's length   the vessel's length aft of the propellers
                       vessel is __________.
                                                                                                      from the bow          from the stern




 2    370       A      Cottonseed oil is classed as a __________.                combustible liquid   flammable liquid      flammable solid      poison B




                       In the United States, the load line markings are set by   American Bureau of                         Federal Maritime
 2    371       A                                                                                   Coast Guard                                  IMO
                       the __________.                                           Shipping                                   Board




                       Keeping the draft at or below the load line mark will
 2    372       B                                                                ballast              reserve buoyancy      displacement         rolling periods
                       insure that the vessel has adequate __________.




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B               Answer C              Answer D         Illustration




                       Holes in the bulwark, which allow deck water to drain
 2    374       C                                                               doggers               fidleys                freeing ports          swash ports
                       into the sea, are __________.




                                                                                                      It will swing to the   It will swing to the
                                                                              It will swing to the
                       You are aboard a right-handed single-screw vessel                              left, straighten out   left without
                                                                              left, and will swing                                                  The bow will swing
 2    376       B      with headway on. The engine is put full astern and the                         and then swing to      increasing or
                                                                              left faster as the                                                    to the right.
                       rudder hard left. What will the bow do?                                        the right as the       decreasing its
                                                                              vessel loses way.
                                                                                                      vessel loses way.      swing.




                       In preparation for receiving chilled reefer cargo, the
                       reefer space has been precooled for over twenty-four     -10°F (-23°C) and     12°F (-11°C) and       28°F (-2°C) and        42°F (6°C) and
 2    378       C
                       hours. Loading may begin when the space has been         +10°F (-12°C)         20°F (-7°C)            40°F ( 4°C)            55°F (13°C)
                       cooled to a temperature between __________.




                                                                                no spark or flame is                                                a 1% mixture of the
                       The (auto)ignition temperature is that temperature at                         a fuel begins to give a fuel if ignited will
 2    380       A                                                               required to ignite                                                  fuel with air will
                       which __________.                                                             off explosive vapors continue to burn
                                                                                gas or vapor                                                        explode




                                                                                They are designed
                                                                                to provide for the
                                                                                                                          They should be kept
                                                                                flow of small         They should operate
                                                                                                                          in good working
                                                                                volumes of tank       in advance of the
 2    383       D      What is TRUE of pressure/vacuum valves?                                                            order by regular    All of the above
                                                                                atmospheres           pressure/vacuum
                                                                                                                          inspection and
                                                                                caused by thermal     breakers.
                                                                                                                          cleaning.
                                                                                variations in a
                                                                                cargo tank.



                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A              Answer B             Answer C             Answer D           Illustration




                                                                                  bar securing a cargo centerline vertical
 2    384       A      A "strongback" refers to a __________.                                                                deep beam            spanner stay
                                                                                  port                 bulkhead




                       In controlling pollution, which action should be taken
                                                                                                       The slops should be Chemicals should       The dirty ballast
                       after all dirty ballast has been transferred to the slop   The clean tanks
 2    385       B                                                                                      allowed time to     be added to            tank is crude oil
                       tank and prior to discharge through the oily water         should be ballasted.
                                                                                                       settle.             emulsify the oil.      washed.
                       separator?




                                                                                                                                                  downstream, the
                       You are maneuvering a vessel with a right-hand
                                                                                                                             in a straight line   stern going in the
 2    386       A      propeller. The rudder is amidships. The vessel will        to port               to starboard
                                                                                                                             directly astern      direction of the
                       generally back __________.
                                                                                                                                                  current




                                                                                                        insulating flange or
                       When hooking up a cargo hose to your vessel's              international shore                         self-contained
 2    389       B                                                                                       single length of non-                     oxygen analyzer
                       manifold, you should use a(n) __________.                  connection                                  breathing apparatus
                                                                                                        conducting hose




                       A package contains nitric acid solution and is
                       radioactive. The radiation level at the package surface Radioactive II and       Radioactive II and   Radioactive I and
 2    390       C                                                                                                                                 Fissile class I
                       is .36 millirems per hour. How should this package be oxidizer                   poison               corrosive
                       labeled?




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                 Answer A                   Answer B                 Answer C              Answer D        Illustration




                                                                                   deadweight cargo         displacement            gross tonnage of      net tonnage of
 2    391       D      A tonnage tax is levied according to the __________.
                                                                                   tonnage aboard           tonnage of vessel       vessel                vessel




                                                                                   They should be
                                                                                   inspected and            Switching off a         The measured
                                                                                                                                                          After the insulating
                                                                                   tested periodically to   cathodic protection     resistance value
                       Which statement is TRUE concerning insulating                                                                                      flange is installed,
 2    392       A                                                                  ensure that the          system may be           after installation
                       flanges?                                                                                                                           hot work may be
                                                                                   insulation is clean      substituted for using   should be less than
                                                                                                                                                          performed on deck.
                                                                                   and in good              an insulating flange    1,000 ohms.
                                                                                   condition.




                       The rope which is rove from the truck to be used with a
 2    394       A                                                              gantline                     life line               strop                 whip
                       bos'n's chair is called a __________.




                       The vertical motion of a floating vessel in which the
 2    395       C      entire hull is lifted by the force of the sea is known as   surge                    sway                    heave                 pitch
                       __________.




                       A vessel is equipped with twin propellers, both turning
                                                                                                                                                          The vessel will steer
                       outboard with the engines half ahead. If there is no        The bow will swing       The bow will swing      The vessel will steer
 2    396       D                                                                                                                                         a fairly straight
                       wind or current and the rudders are amidships, what         to starboard.            to port.                a zigzag course.
                                                                                                                                                          course.
                       will happen?




                                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                             Answer A              Answer B              Answer C               Answer D           Illustration

                                                                              When loading oil
                                                                                                                          In recent years deep
                                                                              cargo, it is always   Stripping systems
                                                                                                                          well pumps have        There is no danger
                                                                              loaded via the        are generally
                       Which statement is TRUE concerning deep well self-                                                 become increasingly    of damaging the
 2    397       B                                                             discharge line        eliminated for the
                       priming pumps?                                                                                     unpopular in product   pump from
                                                                              through to the pump   purposes of cargo
                                                                                                                          tankers and medium     overheating.
                                                                              until the tank is     handling.
                                                                                                                          size crude ships.
                                                                              topped off.




                       Peck and Hale gear is used most commonly for
 2    398       A                                                             automobiles           baled cargo           large wooden crates palletized cargo
                       securing __________.




                       You are on a containership carrying a tank container   No placard is
                       that had been filled with sodium hydroxide solution.   required; the tank    Empty placard with    Residue label with     Black and white
 2    400       D
                       The container is empty but has not been cleaned.       openings must be      corrosive placard     the UN number          corrosive placard
                       Which, if any, placard is required?                    sealed




                       A vessel's "quarter" is that section which is                                                                             on either side of the
 2    404       D                                                             abeam                 dead astern           just aft of the bow
                       __________.                                                                                                               stern




                                                                                                    attempt to make       continue voyages
                                                                                                    their way to the      unless in danger
                       At the establishment of Naval Control of Shipping      stop and await        nearest port of a     areas defined in the
 2    405       C                                                                                                                              keep radio silence
                       (NCS), ships at sea will __________.                   further orders        friendly nation and   advisory or
                                                                                                    await further         supplemental
                                                                                                    instructions          message




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A            Answer B               Answer C               Answer D       Illustration


                                                                                                    The principal force
                                                                           If one screw is                                 Turning response by
                                                                                                    which turns the ship                          With the rudder
                       A twin-screw vessel with a single rudder is making  stopped, the ship                               use of the rudder
                                                                                                    is set up by the                              amidships, the ship
 2    406       C      headway. The engines are full speed ahead. There is will turn toward the                            only is greater than
                                                                                                    wake against the                              will steer a fairly
                       no wind or current. Which statement is FALSE?       side of the stopped                             on a single-screw
                                                                                                    forward side of the                           steady course.
                                                                           screw.                                          vessel.
                                                                                                    rudder.


                                                                                                   The minimum
                                                                                                                           Aluminum, copper,
                                                                                                   protective clothing                            The required
                       You are carrying cargoes of crotonaldehyde,            Each of the cargoes                          and zinc are
                                                                                                   required for taking                            warning sign must
                       phosphoric acid, and morpholine on your multiple-      must be segregated                           prohibited in all
 2    407       A                                                                                  samples of                                     have the legend
                       product tankship. Which of the following statements is from the other by at                         valve parts in
                                                                                                   phosphoric acid is                             "cancer hazard"
                       TRUE?                                                  least two barriers.                          contact with these
                                                                                                   goggles or a face                              added to it.
                                                                                                                           cargoes.
                                                                                                   shield.




                                                                                Pounds of force    Total weight of a                              Weight of the
                                                                                                                           Weight of a
 2    408       C      What is the meaning of the term tare weight?             necessary to       container and                                  contents of a
                                                                                                                           container
                                                                                damage a container contents                                       container




                       A tanker is loaded with 5,000 barrels of petroleum.
                       The cargo was loaded at a temperature of 70°F, and
 2    409       B                                                               4800                4980                   5020                   5200
                       the coefficient of expansion is .0004. What is the net
                       amount in barrels of cargo loaded?




                       You are loading a cargo tank on your container ship.                                              There are three          The tank contains
                                                                                The tank contains   The tank's volume is
 2    410       A      The tank displays the red label shown. Which                                                      tanks in the             an oxidizing           D023DG
                                                                                propylene.          1077 cubic feet.
                       statement is TRUE?                                                                                shipment.                material.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B              Answer C              Answer D            Illustration




                       Tonnage tax is officially based upon the figures         Admeasurement
 2    411       A                                                                                      deadweight scale      displacement scale    Load Line Certificate
                       obtained from the __________.                            Certificate




                       A person is found operating a vessel while under the     imprisonment for up a civil penalty of not a fine of not more      a fine of not more
 2    413       B
                       influence of alcohol. He/she is liable for __________.   to three years      more than $5,000       than $3,000             than $10,000




                                                                                                       double up so that     pay out line to
 2    414       C      To "ease" a line means to __________.                    cast off               one line does not     remove most of the    slack it off quickly
                                                                                                       take all the strain   tension




                       A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated. imprisonment for up a civil penalty of not a fine of not more       a civil penalty of not
 2    415       D
                       He/she is liable for __________.                        to one year         more than $1,000       than $2,000              more than $5,000




                       While moving ahead, a twin-screw ship has an             correct trim will be
                                                                                                       drag effect will be   side forces will be   speed will be
 2    416       C      advantage over a single-screw ship because               obtained more
                                                                                                       cancelled out         eliminated            increased
                       __________.                                              easily




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A                 Answer B            Answer C                 Answer D           Illustration




                       When inspecting wire rope that has been in use for
 2    417       D                                                             fishhooks              kinks                  worn spots               All of the above
                       some time, one must look for __________.




                                                                                                                            There is little danger
                                                                              Danger of heavy        There is danger of
                                                                                                                            of ship's sweat,         The possibility of
                       On a vessel proceeding from a very cold to a warm      ship sweat exists;     heavy cargo sweat if
                                                                                                                            slight possibility of    any sweat problem,
 2    418       B      climate with a cargo of a nonhygroscopic nature in the constant and           outside air is
                                                                                                                            cargo sweat;             either cargo or ship,
                       holds, which is TRUE?                                  vigorous ventilation   introduced by
                                                                                                                            moderate ventilation     is remote.
                                                                              is required.           ventilation.
                                                                                                                            is needed.




                       A cargo of 10,000 barrels of gasoline is loaded at a
                       temperature of 90°F, and a cargo temperature of 55°F,
 2    419       A      is expected on this voyage. It has a coefficient of   9790                    9994                   10210                    10410
                       expansion of .0006. How many barrels would you
                       expect to discharge at your destination?




                       In handling break bulk hazardous materials, it is
 2    420       B                                                             cargo nets             metal bale hooks       pallets                  slings
                       forbidden to use __________.




                       An International Tonnage Certificate will be issued to a                                             engage in                be issued a
                                                                                admeasure over 100 be 79 or more feet
 2    421       B      vessel when it meets several requirements, one of                                                    intercoastal or          Certificate of
                                                                                GT                 in length
                       which is that the vessel must __________.                                                            international trade      Inspection




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                             Answer A                  Answer B              Answer C               Answer D        Illustration



                                                                              Two round turns on        Two round turns on
                                                                                                                               Figure eights and     Only figure eights
                       Which method should be used to secure a synthetic      the bitt closest to the   the bitt farthest from
 2    422       A                                                                                                              then a round turn at are necessary on
                       fiber line to two bitts?                               strain and then           the strain and then
                                                                                                                               the top of both bitts both bitts
                                                                              figure eights             figure eights




                       When securing a synthetic line to a bitt what is the
 2    423       C      minimum number of round turns you should take          None                      1                     2                     3
                       before figure-eighting the line?




                                                                              arrange it on deck in
 2    424       A      Faking a line means to __________.                                           coil it down on deck put a whipping on it stow it below
                                                                              long bights




                       You are stopped with no way upon your vessel at the
                                                                                                                              Half ahead with hard
                       pilot station. Your vessel is a large twin-screw ship. Full ahead on the         Full ahead on one
                                                                                                                              over rudder, then full Slow ahead with
 2    426       C      You must come around 180° to board your Pilot. How engines and hard              engine, full astern
                                                                                                                              astern on inboard      hard over rudder
                       should you use the engines and rudder to turn the ship over rudder               on the other
                                                                                                                              engine
                       fastest in the least amount of space?




                                                                                                                                                    Collision between
                                                                              Fouling of the                                                        the tow and the
 2    427       D      What is the greatest danger of an overriding tow?                                Loss of steering      Tripping
                                                                              towing hawser                                                         stern of the towing
                                                                                                                                                    vessel




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A               Answer B                Answer C             Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                      You should
                                                                            You must ventilate        ventilate; there is
                       Your vessel is going from a warm climate to a cold                                                     There is danger of There is little danger
                                                                            constantly and            little danger of ship
 2    428       A      climate with a hygroscopic cargo. Which statement is                                                   heavy cargo sweat if of any sweat
                                                                            vigorously to combat      sweat, but a
                       TRUE?                                                                                                  you ventilate.       problem.
                                                                            ship sweat.               possibility of cargo
                                                                                                      sweat.




                       A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The
                       temperature of the product is 90°F (32°C), and it has a
 2    429       B                                                              8856 bbls              8784 bbls               8820 bbls            9216 bbls
                       coefficient of expansion of .0008. What is the net
                       amount of cargo loaded?




                                                                               every 24 hours
                       On a manned vessel carrying packaged hazardous
                                                                               unless equipped       prior to entry into a    after stowage is
 2    430       D      cargo, the hazardous materials shall be inspected                                                                           All of the above
                                                                               with a fire detecting U.S. port                complete
                       __________.
                                                                               system




                       Official proof of an American vessel's nationality is   Certificate of                                 Certificate of
 2    431       C                                                                                     Official Log                                 Shipping Articles
                       contained in the __________.                            Inspection                                     Documentation




                                                                                                                                                   405 GRT towing
                                                                               99 GRT towing       199 GRT towing             480 GRT towboat      vessel operating
                       A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve
 2    432       D                                                              vessel operating on vessel operating in        operating on the     between Florida and
                       as the person in charge of which towing vessel?
                                                                               Chesapeake Bay      the Gulf of Alaska         Western Rivers       the US Virgin
                                                                                                                                                   Islands




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A             Answer B              Answer C              Answer D        Illustration




                       When a tow is trimmed by the stern it is said to
 2    433       C                                                              hog                  sag                  drag                  list
                       __________.




 2    434       D      To "belay" a line means to __________.                  coil it down         heave it taut        stow it below         secure it to a cleat




                       The amount of force a tug can exert on a stationary                          indicated
 2    435       D                                                              brake horsepower                          shaft horsepower      bollard pull
                       pull is called its __________.                                               horsepower




                       The rudders are amidships and both screws are going
                                                                           The bow will go to       The bow will go to   The bow will remain The stern will go to
 2    436       B      ahead. What will happen if the starboard screw is
                                                                           port.                    starboard.           steady.             starboard.
                       stopped?




                       Prior to getting underway in fresh or brackish water,   log the density of   secure all overboard take on fresh water   clean the sides with
 2    437       A
                       the Master must __________.                             the water            discharges           ballast               fresh water




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                            Answer A               Answer B            Answer C            Answer D         Illustration



                       Your vessel is loaded with nonhygroscopic cargoes
                                                                            start the exhaust      start the intake    not ventilate the   ventilate the cargo
 2    438       C      and is going from a cold to a warm climate. You
                                                                            blowers                blowers             cargo holds         holds
                       should __________.




                                                                                                                    Call the owner,       Run out the vessel's
                       When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the FIRST    Trip the pump relief Order the dock man
 2    439       B                                                                                                   operator, or terminal or terminal's fire
                       action you should take if a cargo valve jammed open? valve.               to shut down.
                                                                                                                    supervisor.           hose.




                       If a Master must jettison a container loaded with                                               National Hazardous
                                                                            National Cargo         Environmental                          nearest Captain of
 2    440       D      hazardous material, he must, as soon as possible,                                               Chemical Response
                                                                            Bureau                 Protection Agency                      the Port
                       notify the __________.                                                                          Center




                       The document which shows a vessel's nationality,                            Bill of Lading      Certificate of
 2    441       C                                                           Manifest Certificate                                           Official Logbook
                       ownership, and tonnage is the __________.                                   Certificate         Documentation




                                                                            move the rudder
                                                                            slowly in the                                                  steer the course
                                                                                                  decrease the rudder bring the rudder
 2    442       B      "Ease the rudder" means to __________.               direction of the most                                          which is your
                                                                                                  angle               amidships
                                                                            recent rudder                                                  present heading
                                                                            command




                                                                                                                                                          Deck General
                                                                                                                                                             Book Two
                                                                                                                                                         February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                 Answer A             Answer B              Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                       The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the
 2    443       C      salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference     86.72 numeral         89.98 numeral         91.40 numeral         93.18 numeral            BL-0001
                       Book to determine the hogging numeral.




                       A metal object on the pier resembling a tree stump and
 2    444       B                                                             bight                   bollard               chock                 camel
                       made to receive mooring lines is a __________.




                                                                                                                          Forward of the
                                                                                Near the centerline   On each side of the
                       Where are the towing bitts best placed for towing                                                  rudder post and         As far aft as
 2    445       C                                                               and over the          vessel near the
                       purposes?                                                                                          close to the tug's      possible
                                                                                rudders               stern
                                                                                                                          center of pivot




                                                                                forward spring line                         forward spring line   forward spring line
                       A twin-screw vessel can clear the inboard propeller                            after spring line and
                                                                                and going slow                              and going slow        and going slow
 2    446       D      and maneuver off a pier best by holding a(n)                                   going slow astern on
                                                                                ahead on the                                ahead on both         ahead on the
                       __________.                                                                    the outboard engine
                                                                                inboard engine                              engines               outboard engine




                                                                                it makes it easier to
                       One reason a tug's towing bitts are located forward of                         this is where the     this allows more
 2    447       C                                                               hook up the towing                                              it is traditional
                       the rudders is because __________.                                             towhook is located    responsive steering
                                                                                hawser




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A             Answer B               Answer C               Answer D             Illustration


                                                                                                                                                      the outside dew
                                                                                                       the dew point of the
                                                                                                                              the dew point of the point is 60°F (16°C)
                       Hygroscopic cargoes should be ventilated when              going from a warm    outside air is greater
 2    448       A                                                                                                             air in the hold is very and the cargo
                       __________.                                                to a cold climate    than the dew point
                                                                                                                              low                     temperature is 54°F
                                                                                                       of the air in the hold
                                                                                                                                                      (12°C)




                                                                                  Call the owner,                                               Run out the vessel's
                       When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the first action                         Unplug the deck      Order the dock man
 2    449       C                                                                 operator, or terminal                                         or terminal's fire
                       you should take if a cargo valve jammed open?                                    scuppers.            to shut down.
                                                                                  supervisor.                                                   hose.




                                                                                                                                                    there is sufficient fire
                       Once a vessel has loaded packaged hazardous cargo,         a vessel is equipped
                                                                                                       the cargo hatches                            protection located
                       the cargo spaces shall be inspected. The spaces shall      with an automatic                          the cargo is of a
 2    450       A                                                                                      are of steel                                 on the main deck
                       also be inspected at least once in every 24 hours. The     smoke or fire                              nonflammable type
                                                                                                       construction                                 adjacent to the
                       only exception to daily inspection is when __________.     detecting system
                                                                                                                                                    cargo hatch




                                                                                  Certificate of
 2    451       A      What is official proof of a vessel's ownership?                                 Bill of Lading        Transfer Certificate   Logbook
                                                                                  Documentation




                                                                                                       In the frames or
                       Where should the foundation supports for towing bitts      Forward of the       other substantial     On the deck plates     On deck, aft of the
 2    452       B
                       terminate?                                                 towing winch         structural members    in the engineroom      towing winch
                                                                                                       below decks




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A             Answer B              Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                              To quickly connect   To help pick up the To prevent the        To recover the
 2    453       A      What purpose does a tow hook serve?                    or release the       towing hawser from towing hawser from towing hawser from
                                                                              towing hawser        the water           fouling the propeller a barge




 2    454       C      A rope ladder with wooden rungs is a __________.       drop ladder          life ladder           Jacob's ladder       jury ladder




                       A vessel having continuous closely spaced transverse
 2    455       B                                                           longitudinally framed transversely framed cellular framed         web framed
                       strength members is __________.




                       You are conning a twin-screw vessel going ahead with
                                                                                                                         not veer to either   go first to port and
 2    456       A      rudders amidships. If the port screw stops turning the go to port           go to starboard
                                                                                                                         side                 then to starboard
                       bow will __________.




                                                                                                                         All crew members
                       You are the operator of an uninspected diesel towing                        Able seamen are                          A licensed Chief
                                                                            Deck watches may                             must have Merchant
 2    457       C      vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New                        not required in the                      Engineer is
                                                                            be 6 and 6.                                  Mariner's
                       York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?                        deck crew.                               required.
                                                                                                                         Documents.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A                Answer B              Answer C               Answer D          Illustration


                                                                              air temperature of                            dew point of the       outside air
                                                                                                      dew point of the
                                                                              the hold is higher                            outside air is lower   temperature is
                       Sweat damage will occur in a cargo hold containing                             hold is higher than
 2    458       B                                                             than the                                      than the               colder than the
                       cased machinery when the __________.                                           the temperature of
                                                                              temperature of the                            temperature of the     temperature of the
                                                                                                      the ship's skin
                                                                              outside air                                   cargo                  cargo



                                                                                                                            the increased
                                                                                                                            viscosity of the
                                                                              a subsequent            air pockets may                              the tank valve may
                       Petroleum cargo tanks should not be topped off at                                                    product requires
                                                                              temperature rise will   cause the cargo to                           be stiff and a spill
 2    459       A      deck level when loading on a cold day because                                                        higher loading
                                                                              cause the cargo to      bubble out of the                            will occur before the
                       __________.                                                                                          pressure which
                                                                              overflow                ullage hole                                  valve can be closed
                                                                                                                            increases the
                                                                                                                            chances of a spill



                                                                            a wooden bin is
                                                                            constructed of at  the cargo is lashed          the lashings are    there is at least 3
                       When stowing hazardous materials on deck, lashing of
 2    460       C                                                           least 2-inch       to the adjacent              secured to deck pad inches of dunnage
                       such cargo is permitted if __________.
                                                                            dunnage and bolted guard rails                  eyes                on deck
                                                                            together




                                                                              Forward of the                                Near the Norman
 2    461       D      Where is the best location to install a towing hook?                           On the fantail                               Just aft of amidships
                                                                              towing bitts                                  Pins




                       The safe working load (SWL) of wire rope with a safety
 2    462       B                                                             10%                     17%                   50%                    80%
                       factor of 6 is what percent of its strength?




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                 Answer A             Answer B             Answer C             Answer D       Illustration


                                                                               prevents the towing   may be equipped
                                                                               hawser from           with a greased, free
                                                                                                                          allows the crew
 2    463       D      A texas bar __________.                                 snagging any          sliding spool to                           All of the above
                                                                                                                          access to the fantail
                                                                               equipment or gear     fairlead the towing
                                                                               on deck               hawser




                       The static bollard pull of a tug is measured in tons and
                       consists of the brake horsepower of the tug's engine
 2    464       B                                                               0.5                  1.3                  3.0                   10
                       divided by 100 and multiplied by a factor of
                       __________.




                       Which structural members improve a towing vessel's                                                 Transverse
 2    465       C                                                              Stringers             Longitudinals                             The rake
                       chance of surviving punctured shell plating?                                                       watertight bulkheads




                       A twin screw vessel, making headway with both                                                     reverse starboard      reverse starboard
                                                                               reverse port engine, reverse port engine,
 2    466       C      engines turning ahead, will turn more readily to                                                  engine, apply right    engine, rudder
                                                                               apply right rudder   rudder amidships
                       starboard if you __________.                                                                      rudder                 amidships




                       Of which type of material may a towing hawser be
 2    467       D                                                              Wire rope             Nylon                Polyester             All of the above
                       constructed?




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                               Answer A               Answer B            Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                 air temperature is   air temperature is   dew point is higher     dew point is lower
                       Sweat damage in a hatch full of canned goods in           higher than the      lower than the       than the                than the
 2    468       C
                       cartons will occur when the __________.                   temperature of the   temperature of the   temperature of the      temperature of the
                                                                                 cargo                cargo                cargo                   cargo




                                                                                                                                                   remains constant if
                       With an increase in temperature the volume of
 2    469       A                                                                expands              contracts            remains constant        pressure remains
                       flammable and combustible liquids __________.
                                                                                                                                                   constant




                                                                                 in a sealed locker
                                                                                                      by spooling it on the                        by hanging it in the
 2    470       A      A towing hawser should be stowed __________.              with adequate air                          by faking on a rack
                                                                                                      winch                                        engineroom
                                                                                 circulation




                       The official identification of a vessel is found in the   Certificate of       Classification                               Certificate of
 2    471       D                                                                                                          Load Line Certificate
                       __________.                                               Inspection           Certificate                                  Documentation




                       On a long ocean tow, the bridle should be made up of
 2    472       A                                                                chain                wire                 nylon                   polyester
                       two equal lengths of __________.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B             Answer C             Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                                                                He may refuse to
                       The American Consul has asked the Master of a             He may refuse to      He must take the
                                                                                                                           He is always         take the seaman if it
                       vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport a        accept the seaman     seaman even if the
 2    473       D                                                                                                          required to take the will violate the
                       destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may        if the seaman is      seaman has a
                                                                                                                           seaman.              Certificate of
                       the Master take?                                          medically unfit.      contagious disease.
                                                                                                                                                Inspection.




                       On an anchor windlass, the wheel over which the           brake compressor
 2    474       C                                                                                      devil's claw         wildcat               winchhead
                       anchor chain passes is called a __________.               wheel




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "F" is
 2    475       B                                                                bow line              breast line          forward spring line   None of the above      D044DG
                       called a __________.




                       You are backing on twin engines with rudders
                                                                                                                            increase engine       keep your rudder
 2    476       B      amidships, when your port engine stalls. To continue      apply left rudder     apply right rudder
                                                                                                                            speed                 amidships
                       backing on course, you should __________.




                                                                                                       Damage of bridge-to-                      Damage to property
                       When underway with a tow, you are required to notify      An injury requiring                        Accidental stranding
 2    477       C                                                                                      bridge radio                              amounting to
                       the Coast Guard in which casualty situation?              first aid treatment                        or grounding
                                                                                                       capability                                $12,500




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B                Answer C               Answer D        Illustration
                                                                                                      dew point
                                                                                 absolute moisture    temperature that the    enthalpy of the air    temperature at
                                                                                 content of the air   air surrounding a       surrounding a          which moisture
                       The moisture equilibrium chart can be used to             surrounding a        hygroscopic             hydroscopic cargo      equilibrium will
 2    478       B
                       determine the __________.                                 hygroscopic cargo    commodity will have     which is in moisture   occur in a cargo
                                                                                 when moisture        when in moisture        equilibrium with the   hold containing a
                                                                                 equilibrium exists   equilibrium with that   cargo                  hygroscopic cargo
                                                                                                      commodity




                       Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you
                                                                                                      load more cargo         shift bunkers
 2    479       C      find that she has too much trim by the stern. To adjust add ballast forward                                                   All of the above
                                                                                                      forward                 forward
                       the trim you may __________.




                       What is NOT a requirement for the preparation of          The engine must be                          The ignition key may The vehicle must be
                                                                                                        The fuel tank must
 2    480       B      used, gasoline-propelled cars if they are to be carried   run until it dies from                      not be in the        inspected for fuel
                                                                                                        be inerted with CO2.
                       as ordinary cargo and not as hazardous cargo?             lack of fuel.                               ignition.            leaks.




                       Which U.S. agency assigns an official number to a         American Bureau of Collector of              Treasury
 2    481       D                                                                                                                                    Coast Guard
                       vessel?                                                   Shipping           Customs                   Department




                       A lot of special cargo of similar cartons is to be loaded
                       aboard your vessel. You examine one of the cartons
                                                                                 51 cubic feet (1.5   58 cubic feet (1.7      336 cubic feet (10     700 cubic feet (21
 2    482       B      of the lot shown. What is the total cubic space the                                                                                                 D042DG
                                                                                 cubic meters)        cubic meters)           cubic meters)          cubic meters)
                       consignment will occupy? (Assume no broken
                       stowage.)




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A            Answer B             Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                     coiling it in a
                                                                                                                                                 spooling it on a reel
                                                                             spooling it on a        counterclockwise     faking it on deck in a
 2    483       C      A towing hawser is readied for service by __________.                                                                     lying on its side to
                                                                             winch cathead           direction on the     fore and aft direction
                                                                                                                                                 prevent rolling
                                                                                                     fantail




                       On stud-link anchor chain the addition of the stud
 2    484       B      increases the strength of the link by about               10%                 15%                  20%                    50%
                       __________.




                       You are backing on twin engines with rudders
                                                                                                                          increase your          keep your rudder
 2    486       A      amidships. Your starboard engine stalls. To continue      apply left rudder   apply right rudder
                                                                                                                          engine speed           amidships
                       backing on course, you should __________.




                       Which data can NOT be found on a moisture                 Dry bulb                                                        Wet bulb
 2    488       D                                                                                    Moisture content     Vapor pressure
                       equilibrium chart?                                        temperature                                                     temperature




                       Your tank vessel is fully loaded, and you find that she
 2    489       C      is down slightly by the head. To adjust the trim, you     add ballast aft     load more cargo aft shift cargo aft         All of the above
                       may __________.




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A               Answer B            Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                       Which agency is authorized to assist the Coast Guard
                                                                                   American Bureau of Environmental        National Cargo       U.S. Navy explosive
 2    490       C      in the inspection of vessels for the suitability of loading
                                                                                   Shipping           Protection Agency    Bureau, Inc.         loading details
                       hazardous materials?




                       A change of a documented vessel's name can only be American Bureau of Commissioner of               Treasury
 2    491       D                                                                                                                               Coast Guard
                       made by the __________.                            Shipping           Customs                       Department




                                                                                                                                                To swap ends of the
                       What does "end for end" mean in regard to a towing      To take the kinks      To fake it down in   To increase the
 2    493       D                                                                                                                               hawser to minimize
                       hawser?                                                 out of the hawser      figure eights        catenary
                                                                                                                                                wear




                                                                               A black ball that is                        A buoy attached to   A mark of the
                                                                                                      A buoy attached to
 2    494       B      What best describes an anchor buoy?                     hoisted when the                            the scope of an      number of fathoms
                                                                                                      the anchor
                                                                               ship anchors                                anchor chain         in an anchor chain




                       Which space(s) is (are) deducted from gross tonnage                            Companions and
 2    495       A                                                              Boatswain's stores                          Passenger spaces     All of the above
                       to derive net tonnage?                                                         booby hatches




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                       Your twin-screw vessel is moving ASTERN with
 2    496       A      rudders amidships. The starboard screw suddenly          go to port            go to starboard       remain stationary      suddenly drop down
                       stops turning. Your vessel's head will __________.




                       Which type of towing hawser is preferred for towing
 2    497       C                                                               Manila                Polypropylene         Nylon                  Polyester
                       astern?




                       When the dew point of the outside air is higher than
                                                                                energize the          energize the intake   not ventilate the      ventilate the cargo
 2    498       C      the dew point of the air in the cargo hold, you should
                                                                                exhaust blowers       blowers               cargo holds            holds
                       __________.




                       Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you
                                                                                                      load more cargo       shift bunkers
 2    499       C      find that she has too much trim by the stern. To adjust add ballast forward                                                 All of the above
                                                                                                      forward               forward
                       the trim, you may __________.




                                                                                The valve on an                             Part of your deck      Heavy weather
                                                                                empty portable tank   A carboy of nitric    cargo of five gallon   causes damage to
                                                                                that contained        acid is broken on     cans of paint is       packages of a
                       What would NOT require that a detailed report of the
                                                                                acetone is            deck while loading    damaged and            hazardous liquid
 2    500       C      release of hazardous cargo be made to the
                                                                                accidentally opened   and is flushed        leaking so you         that is subsequently
                       Department of Transportation?
                                                                                and some of the       overboard with no     jettison them to       pumped out at sea
                                                                                residue escapes to    injury or damage.     eliminate the fire     through the bilge
                                                                                the open sea.                               hazard.                pumping system.



                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                        Question                             Answer A              Answer B                Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                       You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of
                       Shipping) and wish to send a message warning of a
 2    502       B                                                           Z (FLASH)            O (IMMEDIATE)           R (ROUTINE)            P (PRIORITY)
                       hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this
                       message?




                                                                                                                                                With proper care
                                                                            Nylon can stretch    Only nylon stoppers Nylon is most              nylon hawsers will
 2    503       C      Which statement is FALSE?                            approximately 40%    should be used on practical for use on         greatly outlast
                                                                            and still recover.   nylon hawsers.      hip towing.                manila and other
                                                                                                                                                natural fibers.




                       Anchors are prevented from running out when secured
 2    504       D                                                          brake                 devil's claw            pawls                  All of the above
                       by the __________.




                       With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-
                                                                                                                         in a fairly straight
 2    506       C      screw vessel moving astern with both engines backing to port              to starboard                                   in a circular motion
                                                                                                                         line
                       will back __________.




                                                                                                                                                A man presenting
                                                                                                  An engineer
                                                                            A man presenting                             A man presenting       an MMD endorsed
                                                                                                  presenting an MMD
                       You are signing on your crew. Which is NOT           his Chief Mate's                             an MMD endorsed        "Steward's
 2    507       A                                                                                 endorsed "QMED -
                       authorized?                                          license to sign on as                        as "Able Seaman" to    Department (F.H.)"
                                                                                                  any rating" to sign
                                                                            able seaman                                  sign on as Bosun       to sign on as Chief
                                                                                                  on as an Electrician
                                                                                                                                                Cook




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A                 Answer B          Answer C                Answer D           Illustration



                       When the dew point of the outside air is lower than or
                                                                                                           shut down the     shut down the intake ventilate the cargo
 2    508       D      equal to the dew point of the air in the cargo hold, you   secure all ventilation
                                                                                                           exhaust blowers   blowers              holds
                       should __________.




                       Which factor must be considered when determining
                                                                               Contamination of                              Reid vapor
 2    509       A      the order of loading of dissimilar products through the                             Flash points                             Specific gravities
                                                                               the cargo                                     pressures
                       same piping system aboard a tanker?




                                                                                                                             IMCO -
                       You have loaded dangerous cargo on your vessel and
                                                                          33 CFR - Navigation                                Intergovernmental      IMDG - International
                       must fill out a Dangerous Cargo Manifest. In which
 2    510       B                                                         and Navigable       46 CFR - Shipping              Maritime               Maritime Dangerous
                       publication would you find the requirements to
                                                                          Waters                                             Consultative           Goods
                       complete this form?
                                                                                                                             Organization




                       All U.S. Flag vessels engaged in foreign trade are
 2    511       C                                                                 enrollment               license           registry               sea letter
                       required to have a(n) __________.




                                                                                  stand clear of the
                                                                                                                             no extra turns are
                                                                                  bitts and use two or you can surge the
                       When paying out nylon line from around the bitts                                                      necessary since         stand in the bight of
 2    512       A                                                                 more round turns     line even with a
                       __________.                                                                                           nylon has a high        the line
                                                                                  under your figure    single turn
                                                                                                                             coefficient of friction
                                                                                  eights




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A               Answer B              Answer C          Answer D           Illustration



                                                                              for back up wires     for face wires or
                                                                                                                         as stern wires when
 2    513       D      Wire rope is used in the towing industry __________.   and main towing       jockeys when                             All of the above
                                                                                                                         pushing ahead
                                                                              hawsers               pushing ahead




                       The part of an anchor which takes hold on the bottom
 2    514       C                                                             arm                   base                 fluke                stock
                       is the __________.




                                                                                                                         Can be used to tow
                                                                              Easy to handle        Has more spring      heavier loads        Subject to less
                                                                              when properly         and shock            because of its       deterioration than
 2    515       B      What is NOT an advantage of a wire towing hawser?
                                                                              spooled on the drum   resistance than      smaller diameter     syntehtic if properly
                                                                              of a towing winch.    synthetic.           and more             maintained.
                                                                                                                         manageable size.




                       You are going ahead on twin engines with rudder
                                                                                                                         increase engine      keep your rudder
 2    516       A      amidships. Your starboard engine stalls. To continue   apply left rudder     apply right rudder
                                                                                                                         speed                amidships
                       on course, you should __________.




                       Which factor is MOST important in preventing sweat     Dew point of the      Dew point of the   Outside air            Temperature of the
 2    518       A
                       damage within a cargo hold?                            cargo hold            outside atmosphere temperature            cargo




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A             Answer B           Answer C              Answer D        Illustration



                                                                                                   Notify the engine     Maintain             Give the operation
                       What is NOT a precaution to be taken when topping        Reduce the loading
 2    519       B                                                                                  room of the           communications       your undivided
                       off?                                                     rate.
                                                                                                   procedure.            with the dock man.   attention.




                       You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug
                       which carries one Master and one Mate of Towing
 2    522       C      Vessels and four (4) seamen when underway. How     4                          3                   2                    1
                       many of the four seamen must have a rating as able
                       seamen if the voyage is under 600 miles?




                                                                                clean off any mud
                                                                                                   engage or             fairlead the chain prevent the chain
                       The purpose of the stripping bar on an anchor            that may have
 2    524       D                                                                                  disengage the         from the hawsepipe from fouling the
                       windlass is to __________.                               accumulated on the
                                                                                                   wildcat               to the wildcat     wildcat
                                                                                chain




                       To lay out a towing hawser in a fore-and-aft direction
                                                                                                                                              worming, parceling
 2    525       B      so each bight is clear and can run out freely without    flemishing           faking              spooling
                                                                                                                                              and serving
                       snagging describes __________.




                       You are going ahead on twin engines with rudders
                                                                                                                         keep your rudder     increase engine
 2    526       A      amidships. Your port engine stalls. To continue your     apply right rudder   apply left rudder
                                                                                                                         amidships            speed
                       course you should __________.




                                                                                                                                                             Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                Book Two
                                                                                                                                                            February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A             Answer B            Answer C             Answer D      Illustration




                       What equipment is NOT used to protect a towing       Hawser boards and Halyards and           Seizing wire, rope   Norman pins and
 2    527       B
                       hawser?                                              chafing gear      snaphooks              yarn and marline     tow spans




                       Determine the dew point when the dry bulb
 2    528       D      temperature is 74°F (23°C) and the wet bulb          14°F                 20°F                28°F                 50°F                  D008DG
                       temperature is 60°F (16°C).




                                                                                                                                          close valves by
                                                                                                 keep the seamen on                       closing them down,
                                                                            load only one tank                       keep a strain on the
 2    529       D      When loading a tanker, you should __________.                             watch on standby in                      reopening one or
                                                                            at a time                                loading hoses
                                                                                                 the mess room                            two turns, and re-
                                                                                                                                          closing




                                                                                                                                          towing bitts by
                                                                            tug's engineroom or pilot house or aft
 2    533       B      A towing hook may be released from the __________.                                            forecastle           reaching over and
                                                                            the bow             steering station
                                                                                                                                          releasing a lever




 2    534       B      Which is part of the ground tackle?                  Charlie noble        Devil's claw        Gooseneck            Rat's tail




                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A             Answer B             Answer C              Answer D        Illustration




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is
 2    535       B                                                                offshore bow line    inshore bow line     forward breast line   forward spring line    D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       Your vessel is backing on the starboard screw, and
                                                                                 back on a straight   move ahead on a
 2    536       D      going ahead on the port screw. The bow will                                                         swing to port         swing to starboard
                                                                                 line                 straight line
                       __________.




                       Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is
 2    538       C      80°F (27°C) and the wet bulb temperature is 70°F          45%                  52%                  58%                   65%                    D008DG
                       (21°C), what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?




                       Which type of shackle is used for most towing                                  Round pin anchor                           Heart shaped
 2    539       A                                                                Safety shackles                           Screw pin shackles
                       connections?                                                                   shackles                                   shackles




                       As seen from the tow, what should connect the leading
                                                                                                      A fishplate, flounder,
 2    540       B      ends of both towing bridle legs to the main towing    A cable clamp                                   A pad eye           The towing bitts
                                                                                                      or towing plate
                       hawser?




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A              Answer B             Answer C            Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                     required to be
                                                                               not required to be                       required to be        required to be
                       The official number of a documented vessel is                                 permanently marked
 2    541       B                                                              marked anywhere                          painted on the        painted on the
                       __________.                                                                   on the vessel's
                                                                               on the vessel                            vessel's stern        vessel's bow
                                                                                                     structure




                                                                               A triangular-shaped                                            A circular piece of
                                                                                                                          A rectangular-
                                                                               heavy steel plate                                              heavy steel with
                                                                                                   A steel plate in the   shaped piece of
 2    542       A      Which best describes a "fishplate" used in towing?      with a round hole                                              three holes forming
                                                                                                   shape of a flat fish   heavy steel plate
                                                                               inset from each                                                an equilateral
                                                                                                                          with four holes
                                                                               corner                                                         triangle




                                                                                                                          when pushing
                       You would be most likely to use a fishplate             when towing                                                    when running "light
 2    543       B                                                                                    on a hawser tow      ahead or in the
                       __________.                                             alongside                                                      boat"
                                                                                                                          notch




                       If the winch should fail while you are hauling in the
 2    544       D      anchor, what prevents the anchor cable from running     Chain stopper         Devil's claw         Hawse ratchet       Riding pawl
                       out?




                       Repairing damage to the hull at or above the waterline                                             continued
 2    545       C                                                             free surface effects   capsizing                                 wind heel
                       reduces the threat of __________.                                                                  progressive flooding




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                              Answer A              Answer B              Answer C            Answer D        Illustration




                       A twin-screw ship going ahead on the starboard screw
 2    546       B                                                           in a straight line       to port               from side to side   to starboard
                       only tends to move __________.




                                                                               Connected between     Connected between
                                                                                                                          End of line fastened
                                                                               the main towing       the "H" towing bitts                      As both legs of the
 2    547       A      Where is a surge line placed in the towing hookup?                                                 directly to the drum
                                                                               hawser and the        and the main towing                       towing bridle
                                                                                                                          of the towing winch
                                                                               towing bridle         hawser




                       Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is
 2    548       B      55°F (13°C) and the wet bulb is 50°F (10°C), what is    55%                   70%                   75%                 82%                    D008DG
                       the relative humidity?




                                                                                                     place a large drip
                       Your vessel is taking on cargo oil when a small leak
                                                                            notify the terminal      pan under the leak    repair the hose with
 2    549       D      develops in the hose. You order the pumping stopped.                                                                     replace the hose
                                                                            superintendent           and plug the          a patch
                       Before you resume pumping, you should __________.
                                                                                                     scuppers




                                                                               excessive strain is
                       If the towing bridle legs are not of equal length                             the shorter leg may   the longer leg is
 2    550       D                                                              placed on the                                                   All of the above
                       __________.                                                                   fail                  slack
                                                                               shorter leg




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B            Answer C               Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                                                          required to be
                                                                                                     required to be                              required to be
                                                                                not required to be                        marked on the stern
                       The name and hailing port of a documented                                     marked on both                              marked on the keel,
 2    551       C                                                               marked anywhere                           with the name of the
                       commercial vessel is __________.                                              bows and on the                             stern, and both
                                                                                on the vessel                             vessel marked on
                                                                                                     keel                                        bows
                                                                                                                          both bows




                                                                                                     Polypropylene        Stud link anchor
                                                                                                                                                 Wire rope for
                       Which type of bridle is the most effective for a heavy   Nylon because of its because it floats    chain for chafe
 2    552       C                                                                                                                                flexibility and
                       ocean tow?                                               strength             and is easier to     resistance and
                                                                                                                                                 strength
                                                                                                     handle               strength




                                                                                                    a single nylon                               a single length of
                                                                                                    pendant rove         two long legs of wire   heavy chain with
                                                                                two chains of equal
 2    553       A      A bridle for an ocean tow consists of __________.                            through a heavy ring rope shackled to a      both ends secured
                                                                                length
                                                                                                    free to move on the fishplate                on deck to welded
                                                                                                    pendant                                      pad eyes




                       Which part of the patent anchor performs the same
 2    554       D      function as the stock of an old fashioned anchor; that   Bill or pea          Arm                  Shank                  Tripping Palm
                       is, forces the flukes to dig in?




                                                                                                     provides an                             prevents the tow
                       A chain bridle is used when towing astern because it                          effective catenary   makes rigging a    from yawing by the
 2    555       B                                                               is easy to connect
                       __________.                                                                   and absorbs shock    swivel unnecessary drag of the chains in
                                                                                                     due to its weight                       a seaway




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B               Answer C               Answer D         Illustration



                                                                                                                             port engine ahead
                       You may BEST turn a twin-screw vessel about, to the       both engines ahead                                                 both engines astern
 2    556       C                                                                                   one engine only          and the starboard
                       right, in a narrow channel by using __________.           and helm                                                           and use helm
                                                                                                                             engine astern




                                                                                                                                                    the name of the
                       A report of casualty to a vessel must include             the estimated cost   an evaluation of       the amount of
 2    557       D                                                                                                                                   owner or agent of
                       __________.                                               of damage            who was at fault       ballast on board
                                                                                                                                                    the vessel




                                                                                 causing moisture to lowering the vapor                             raising the vapor
                       A heated bulkhead has the effect on a hygroscopic                                                     lowering the dew
 2    558       D                                                                accumulate against pressure of the                                 pressure of the
                       commodity of __________.                                                                              point of the air
                                                                                 the bulkhead        commodity                                      commodity




                       A vessel loads edible oil in a deep tank through a
                       manhole at the mid-length of the tank. In order to fill                                               Down by either the
 2    559       D                                                                Down by the bow      Down by the stern                             In level trim
                       the tank to maximum capacity, what trim should the                                                    bow or stern
                       vessel have?




                                                                                 The cylinders must   Stowage in the
                                                                                                                             The cylinders must     The cylinders may
                                                                                 be stowed at least   upper deck-deck is
                       You are loading a cargo that includes cylinders of                                                    have a red label for   be protected from
                                                                                 10 horizontal feet   considered to be the
 2    560       A      acetylene aboard your break bulk vessel. Which                                                        flammability and a     the radiant heat of
                                                                                 from corrosive       equivalent of "on
                       statement is true?                                                                                    green label for        the Sun by laying a
                                                                                 materials in the     deck" stowage for
                                                                                                                             compressed gas.        tarp on them.
                                                                                 same space.          this cargo.




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A               Answer B              Answer C                Answer D           Illustration




                       Which space cannot be deducted from gross tonnage                             Forepeak ballast
 2    561       B                                                             Crew messroom                                Master's cabin          Chain locker
                       when calculating net tonnage?                                                 tank




                                                                                                                                                   Judge the
                                                                                                                             Insure that helm and
                       While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock,   Supervise the          Record the bells and                          appropriateness of
                                                                                                                             throttle orders given
 2    563       C      what is the PRIMARY responsibility of the watch        signaling and flag     their times in the bell                       the Pilot's orders
                                                                                                                             by the Pilot are
                       officer?                                               etiquette.             book.                                         and countermand
                                                                                                                             correctly executed.
                                                                                                                                                   them if necessary.




 2    564       A      The anchors on the bow are known as __________.        bower anchors          kedge anchors         spare anchors           stream anchors




                                                                                                                           is solely responsible   is a specialist hired
                                                                              relieves the officer   relieves the Master   for the safe            for his or her local
 2    565       D      When the pilot is embarked he or she __________.
                                                                              of the watch           of his duties         navigation of the       navigational
                                                                                                                           vessel                  knowledge




                                                                                                                                                one engine running
                       The BEST way to steer a twin-screw vessel if you lose one engine and a        both engines at the                        at reduced speed
 2    566       D                                                                                                          one engine at a time
                       your rudder is by using __________.                   steering oar            same speed                                 and controlling the
                                                                                                                                                vessel with the other




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A             Answer B                Answer C               Answer D           Illustration



                                                                                                                                                    The Pilot must be
                       Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to    The Pilot must be    The Pilot must be     The Pilot need only
                                                                                                                                                    licensed by Virginia,
 2    567       C      Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement        licensed by Virginia licensed by either    be licensed by the
                                                                                                                                                    Maryland and the
                       about the required Pilot is TRUE?                       and Maryland.        Virginia or Maryland. Coast Guard.
                                                                                                                                                    Coast Guard.



                                                                             The Chief Mate and
                                                                             Master of a             When stowed on                                 Deck load
                                                                                                                            With tiered
                                                                             container ship          deck of a break bulk                           calculations must
                                                                                                                            containers, a 40-foot
                       Which statement concerning the carriage of containers should have the         ship, the bottom of                            take into account
 2    568       C                                                                                                           container may be
                       is TRUE?                                              proposed stowage        the container must                             the square footage
                                                                                                                            stowed on top of two
                                                                             plan ready for the      be evenly supported                            of the entire
                                                                                                                            20-foot containers.
                                                                             stevedore upon          throughout.                                    container bottom.
                                                                             arrival in port.




                       In order to reduce the accumulation of static electricity                                                                  use the overall
                                                                                 start to load at                           increase the air flow
 2    569       B      while loading petroleum products, you should                                  start to load slowly                         method of loading
                                                                                 maximum pressure                           into the tank
                       __________.                                                                                                                only




                                                                                 is more flexible and
                                                                                 has the ability to   is less subject to
                       A chain bridle is preferable to a wire rope towing bridle                                            requires little
 2    570       D                                                                absorb shock         wear and damage                               All of the above
                       on a long ocean tow because chain __________.                                                        maintenance
                                                                                 because of its       from abrasion
                                                                                 weight




                       You are in port A in the United States, and your
                       Certificate of Inspection has expired. You wish to go to                                             Temporary
                                                                                Certificate of       Limited Certificate of
 2    571       D      port B in the United States for repairs and to complete                                              Certificate of          Permit to Proceed
                                                                                Seaworthiness        Inspection
                       the inspection. If the Officer-in-Charge Marine                                                      Inspection
                       Inspection deems it safe, he may issue a __________.




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B                 Answer C              Answer D         Illustration


                                                                                  Nothing; The Pilot is State his concerns       Direct the Pilot to
                       A vessel is entering port "A" for the first time and has a                                                                      Recommend an
                                                                                  required by law and to the Pilot but do        stop the vessel and
                       Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the                                                                         alternative action
 2    572       D                                                                 is solely responsible not interfere with the   anchor if necessary
                       Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision.                                                                       and if not followed
                                                                                  for the safety of the handling of the          until the situation
                       What should the Master do?                                                                                                      relieve the Pilot.
                                                                                  vessel.               vessel.                  clears.




                                                                                                   cause unequal                 cause the bridle legs
                       An ocean towing bridle whose legs are of equal length, put excessive strain
 2    573       A                                                                                  distribution of the           to jump clear of the None of the above
                       but too short, may __________.                         on each leg
                                                                                                   load to one leg               chocks or fairleads




                       Which type of link is generally used to connect shots of
 2    574       A                                                               Detachable              Open                     Pear shaped           Stud link
                       anchor chain?




                       What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your                                                                       "Eased to 10°
 2    575       C                                                                "Steady"               "Checked"                "Passing 200°"
                       head"?                                                                                                                          rudder"




                       In twin-screw engine installations while going ahead,
                                                                                                        outboard from the                              inboard toward the
 2    576       B      maneuvering qualities are most effective when the tops to starboard                                       to port
                                                                                                        center                                         center
                       of the propeller blades both turn __________.




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A                 Answer B               Answer C             Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                                                                        Refuse to sign the
                                                                            Confiscate the                 Sign the man on        Refuse to sign the
                       You are signing on a crew. A man presents a Merchant                                                                             man on and notify
                                                                            document and                   and notify the Coast   man on articles until
 2    577       C      Mariner's Document that you suspect has been                                                                                     the FBI of
                                                                            deliver it to the              Guard at the first     authorized by the
                       tampered with. Which action should you take?                                                                                     unauthorized use of
                                                                            Coast Guard.                   U.S. port of call.     Coast Guard.
                                                                                                                                                        a federal document.




                       When loading a container vessel, the operation is
                       basically that of vertical loading. The important factors available dunnage,        crushability, and                           weight, and
 2    578       D                                                                                                                 sweat, and weight
                       to be considered when loading containers are port of      and chocking              inherent vice                               refrigeration
                       discharge, __________.




                       The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use
                                                                                  booster pump
                       a booster pump to assist the discharging operation.                                                      booster pump being
                                                                                  coming on the line       booster pump failing                    ship's pump
 2    579       A      You start the discharge, and in a few minutes the                                                        lined up in the
                                                                                  and discharging          to start                                speeding up
                       pressure drops sharply. This could be a result of the                                                    wrong direction
                                                                                  properly
                       __________.




                                                                                  The inboard end of       The strength of
                                                                                  each bridle leg          each leg should be Each leg should be
                       Which statement is FALSE about using a wire bridle
 2    580       B                                                                 should have a large      at least one-half that at least 60 to 90 feet None of the above
                       on an ocean tow?
                                                                                  eye splice to fit over   of the main towing long.
                                                                                  the bitts.               hawser.




                       The Certificate of Inspection for your tankship
                       authorizes the carriage of grade A and lower products.
 2    581       D                                                              Amylene                     Diisobutyl Phthalate Oleic acid             Vinyl acetate
                       Which chemical may NOT be carried unless it is
                       specifically endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection?




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A             Answer B             Answer C              Answer D         Illustration




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is
 2    582       B                                                                 after spring line    bow spring line      forward breast line   bow line               D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       Which factor(s) must you consider when making up a         The horsepower of    The beam of the      The weight of the
 2    583       D                                                                                                                                 All of the above
                       towing bridle?                                             the tug              barge                tow




                       Because of the arrangement of the cell guides, the
                                                                                  contents of the                           size of the shoreside weight of the
 2    588       B      MOST important factor while loading containers is the                           list of the vessel
                                                                                  container                                 crane                 container
                       __________.




                       The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use
                                                                                  booster pump
                       a booster pump to assist the discharging operation.                                                                        booster pump being
                                                                                  coming on the line   booster pump failing ship's pump
 2    589       A      You start the discharge and in a few minutes the                                                                           lined up in the
                                                                                  and discharging      to start             speeding up
                       pressure drops sharply. This could be a result of the                                                                      wrong direction
                                                                                  properly
                       __________.




                                                                                                                         Grade(s) of cargoes Waters upon which
                       What will NOT be found on the Certificate of Inspection Manning                 Minimum freeboard
 2    591       B                                                                                                        that the vessel may the vessel may be
                       of an ocean going tankship?                             requirements            permitted
                                                                                                                         carry               operated




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A                Answer B              Answer C            Answer D           Illustration



                       When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15                                                                             No reply is
                                                                                "Right 15 degrees                           "Rudder is right 15
 2    592       A      degrees rudder," the helmsman's immediate reply                                "Aye Aye Sir"                               necessary, just carry
                                                                                rudder"                                     degrees"
                       should be __________.                                                                                                      out the order.




                                                                                                                            hold it in the median
                       To lead the towing hawser over the center of the stern fairlead it through a   lead it through the                         All of the above
 2    593       D                                                                                                           position by a gob
                       when not under a strain you could __________.          stern roller chock      Norman pins                                 when so equipped
                                                                                                                            rope




 2    594       C      A bollard is found on the __________.                    beach                 deck                  pier                  towed vessel




                                                                                outermost part of
                       The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by
 2    595       B                                                               the ship while        center of gravity     bow                   tipping center
                       the __________.
                                                                                making the circle




                                                                                either trimmed by
                       Before entering an ice area, the ship should be                                                      trimmed down by       trimmed down by
 2    596       D                                                               the head or the       on an even keel
                       __________.                                                                                          the head              the stern
                                                                                stern




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B              Answer C                Answer D          Illustration




                       Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for payment of monthly                      support of a minor
 2    597       C                                                                             payment of creditors                                  All of the above
                       the __________.                                     bills                                   child




                       What is NOT an advantage of containership                Flexibility of        Greater operational Lower stevedoring         Reduction of cargo
 2    598       A
                       operations over conventional break-bulk operations?      operation             safety              costs                     damage




                       When stripping a tank, excessive air in the suction line an over pressurized
 2    599       C                                                                                   back pressure           loss of suction         increase of suction
                       may cause __________.                                    line




                                                                                The containers                              A refrigerated          Packages of liquids
                                                                                                      All packages within
                                                                                provide automatic                           container with a fuel   within a container
                       You are on a containership. Which statement about                              a container must be
                                                                                segregation of                              tank containing a       should be stowed
 2    600       C      the stowage of hazardous materials in containers is                            marked "This End
                                                                                hazardous materials                         flammable liquid        on top of packages
                       TRUE?                                                                          Up" to indicate the
                                                                                except for class A                          must be stowed on       of solids to prevent
                                                                                                      correct stowage.
                                                                                explosives.                                 deck.                   crushing.



                                                                                                      must be exchanged
                                                                                                      for a regular
                       Your vessel has completed an inspection for                                                         has the full force of must be posted in
                                                                                 expires six months   Certificate of
 2    601       C      certification and is issued a temporary certificate. This                                           a regular Certificate the vicinity of the
                                                                                 after it is issued   Inspection before
                       __________.                                                                                         of Inspection         officers' licenses
                                                                                                      going foreign or out
                                                                                                      of state




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A             Answer B              Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                              shorten the hawser lengthen the hawser
                       To reduce the amount of catenary you may                                                         place your tug in
 2    603       A                                                             or increase the tug's or reduce the tug's                       make a sharp turn
                       __________.                                                                                      irons
                                                                              speed                 speed




                                                                                                  side of the vessel
                                                                              side of the vessel
 2    604       B      The term "lee side" refers to the __________.                              sheltered from the     port side            starboard side
                                                                              exposed to the wind
                                                                                                  wind




                       You would properly secure a gantline to a bosun's                                                                      double blackwall
 2    605       C                                                             fisherman's bend     bowline               double sheet bend
                       chair with a __________.                                                                                               hitch




                                                                                                                         have a drag of not   be ballasted so the
                       For operations in pack ice, a vessel should                                 be trimmed slightly
 2    606       C                                                             be on an even keel                         more than 2 to 3     forefoot is near the
                       __________.                                                                 by the head
                                                                                                                         feet                 surface




                       A lashing used to secure three or four barges at a
 2    607       A      common corner, lashed in an "X" fashion, is called a   scissor wire         towing wire           breast wire          cross wire
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                            Question                            Answer A             Answer B              Answer C                Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                   using a center tank    using wing tanks
                                                                                                                                                using the after peak
                       While discharging a tanker, list can be controlled by                       near the bow,          near the longitudinal
 2    609       C                                                              shoreside personnel                                              tank, loading as
                       __________.                                                                 discharging as         center, discharging
                                                                                                                                                necessary
                                                                                                   necessary              as necessary




                                                                                                                        lists all of the
                                                                               must be posted       is issued by the                              shows the due date
                                                                                                                        stability limitations
                       The Certificate of Inspection for a containership       under transparent    Coast Guard and is                            of the quadrennial
 2    611       A                                                                                                       and conditions
                       __________.                                             material in a        usually valid for 2                           test of the cargo
                                                                                                                        imposed on the
                                                                               conspicuous place    years.                                        gear
                                                                                                                        vessel




                                                                                                    about one-third of                            about one-quarter of
                       When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a
 2    612       D                                                            at the bow             the vessel's length   aft of the propellers   the vessel's length
                       vessel is __________.
                                                                                                    from the bow                                  from the stern




                                                                               at the end of the    only when properly                            15 minutes before
 2    613       B      A lookout can leave his station __________.                                                        at any time
                                                                               watch                relieved                                      the end of the watch




                                                                                                    sharp pointed crow    tapered steel pin       tapered wooden pin
                                                                               mallet used when
 2    614       D      A fid is a __________.                                                       bar used to unlay     used to separate        used when splicing
                                                                               splicing wire rope
                                                                                                    wire rope             wire rope               heavy rope




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B               Answer C             Answer D           Illustration



                       When a wedge of water builds up between the head of
 2    615       A      the barge and the bank it is referred to as         bank cushion                 bank suction           bow wave             veering cushion
                       __________.




                                                                                 the dark               the soft light
                                                                                 appearance of the      appearance on the
                                                                                                                               the yellowish-white
                                                                                 underside of a cloud   underside of a cloud
                                                                                                                               glare on the
 2    616       C      "Ice blink" is __________.                                layer due to           layer due to                                "water sky"
                                                                                                                               underside of a cloud
                                                                                 reflection of a        reflection from a
                                                                                                                               layer
                                                                                 surface of open        surface of open
                                                                                 water                  water




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is
 2    617       B                                                                onshore stern line     offshore stern line    after breast line    after spring line        D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       When considering a vessel's stability, which spaces in
                                                                                                                               Lower holds at the
 2    618       A      a general cargo vessel are the best locations for the  Deep tanks                Lower holds                                 'Tween-decks
                                                                                                                               ends of the vessel
                       carriage of bulk grain?




                                                                                                                               Use portable
                                                                                                                               washing machines     Decant one meter
                                                                                 Strip all tanks and    Use an inert gas
                       What is NOT a requirement for the safe and effective                                                    to reach areas       from the source tank
 2    619       C                                                                remove the bottom      system while
                       use of a crude oil washing system?                                                                      obscured by          for the tank cleaning
                                                                                 residue.               washing tanks.
                                                                                                                               structural members   machines.
                                                                                                                               in the tanks.




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A             Answer B                 Answer C               Answer D          Illustration
                                                                                                  A portable cargo          A portable cargo
                                                                              Open-bed            tank of a flammable,      tank containing a
                                                                                                                                                   A container loaded
                                                                              containers may be cryogenic liquid may        cryogenic liquid
                       You are on a container vessel. What concerning the                         not be in transit for a                          with packages of
                                                                              used to transport                             must be shipped on
 2    620       A      handling and stowage of containerized hazardous                                                                             tear gas would
                                                                              hazardous materials period exceeding its      deck unless forced
                       materials is TRUE?                                                         marked rated                                     display a placard
                                                                              if the cargo is                               ventilation is
                                                                                                  holding time unless                              reading "Irritant."
                                                                              properly secured.                             provided to the
                                                                                                  the liquid is             tween-decks.
                                                                                                  inhibited.



                       Which document shows details of a tank vessel,
                                                                              Safety Construction Cargo Gear                Certificate of         Declaration of
 2    621       C      cargoes it may carry, manning and safety equipment
                                                                              Certificate         Certificate               Inspection             Inspection
                       required?




                                                                                                                            vessel continues in    vessel will be drawn
                                                                               stern is drawn to the
                       A predictable result of a vessel nearing a bank or edge                       bow sheers toward      a straight line, but   bodily into the bank
 2    622       A                                                              bank as the bow
                       of a channel is that the __________.                                          the bank               with greatly reduced   unless the engines
                                                                               sheers off
                                                                                                                            maneuverability        are stopped




                                                                                               clogged sea chests,
                                                                           bank suction, squat
                                                                                               plugged sea         striking underwater
                       When hugging a bank in a narrow channel, you should and the effects of
 2    623       D                                                                              strainers and       obstructions close to All of the above
                       take precautions against __________.                vessels passing
                                                                                               overheated          the bank
                                                                           close aboard
                                                                                               machinery




                                                                              covering wire or      forcing fids into a
 2    624       A      A serving mallet is used in __________.                                                              dogging hatches        splicing lines
                                                                              fiber rope            line




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A               Answer B               Answer C               Answer D           Illustration

                                                                                                                            Excessive speed
                                                                                                     Excessive speed
                                                                              Your stern is sucked                          while passing a tow
                                                                                                     while passing
                                                                              down and your draft                           being pushed ahead
                                                                                                     moored vessels may
 2    625       D      Which statement is FALSE?                              increases when                                or pushing a tow      None of the above
                                                                                                     cause them to surge
                                                                              going from deep to                            into an eddy too fast
                                                                                                     and break their
                                                                              shallow water.                                may break up the
                                                                                                     moorings.
                                                                                                                            tow.




                                                                                                     A gradual drop in
                       What should NOT be used as an indicator that ice may                                                                        The presence of
                                                                            A dark appearance        sea water              A yellowish glare in
 2    626       A      be                                                                                                                          seals or certain type
                                                                            of the sky               temperature to         the sky
                       nearby?                                                                                                                     birds
                                                                                                     below 32°F




                       Your ship is steaming at night with the gyro-pilot
                                                                                                     shift steering to the
                       engaged when you notice that the vessel's course is    switch to hand                                                       notify the
 2    627       A                                                                                    emergency steering call the Master
                       slowly changing to the right. What action should you   steering                                                             engineroom
                                                                                                     station
                       take FIRST?




                                                                                                     permit rapid flow of                         prevent oil, water, or
                       Before loading bulk grain, bilge wells must be covered add strength to the                           prevent cargo sifting
 2    628       C                                                                                    water to the bilge                           other liquid from
                       to __________.                                         bilge well strainer                           into the bilge wells
                                                                                                     wells                                        reaching the cargo




                                                                                                                           The source tank         The inert gas
                                                                              At least one meter     The oil in the source
                       You are planning to use a crude oil washing system.                                                 must have been          system must lower
                                                                              must be decanted       tank must be
 2    629       A      What precaution must be taken with the source tank                                                  crude oil washed at     the oxygen content
                                                                              from the source        sampled for
                       for the washing machines?                                                                           least once in the       in the source tank to
                                                                              tank.                  compatibility.
                                                                                                                           past 150 days.          a maximum of 12%.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                    Answer A              Answer B                Answer C                 Answer D           Illustration



                                                                                                           stop the engines
                       You are doing a Williamson turn. Your vessel has           put the rudder
                                                                                                           and prepare to                                   increase to
 2    630       C      swung about 60° from the original course heading.          amidships and                                 shift your rudder
                                                                                                           maneuver to pick up                              maximum speed
                       You should __________.                                     check the swing
                                                                                                           the man in the water




                       At least one reinspection shall be made on each            at the discretion of     at the discretion of    generally similar in
                       vessel holding a Certificate of Inspection valid for two   the inspector, but in    the inspector, but in   scope to the             equivalent to the
 2    631       C      years. This inspection shall be held between the tenth     no greater detail        no lesser detail than   inspection required      inspection required
                       and fourteenth months of the duration period of the        than required for        required for original   for certification, but   for certification
                       certificate and shall be __________.                       original certification   certification           in less detail




                                                                                                                                   Put the rudder over
                                                                                                           Shift the rudder                                 Put the rudder
                                                                                                                                   to the opposite side,
                       What does the helm command "shift the rudder"              Stop the swing of        control to the                                   amidships and hold
 2    632       C                                                                                                                  the same number of
                       mean?                                                      the ship.                alternate steering                               the heading steady
                                                                                                                                   degrees that it is
                                                                                                           method.                                          as she goes.
                                                                                                                                   now.




                       A tug is best positioned for towing and maneuvering on                                                 towing alongside
                                                                               directly astern and
 2    633       A      rivers and other restricted waters where wave action is                             towing on a hawser and parallel to the           towing on the hip
                                                                               pushing the tow
                       limited when __________.                                                                               vessel it is towing




 2    634       D      The "iron mike" is a(n) __________.                        pilot                    speaker                 standby wheel            automatic pilot




                                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B              Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                                                  to be used only with
                       The use of an anchor to assist in turning in restricted                                               the sign of a novice
 2    636       B                                                                a last resort         good seamanship                            a single-screw
                       waters is __________.                                                                                 shiphandler
                                                                                                                                                  vessel




                       A tow bridle is attached to the main tow hawser at the
 2    637       C                                                             bight ring               tow hook              fishplate            swivel
                       __________.




                                                                                                                             the correct grade of
                       Ship's officers should check every cargo compartment all lighting circuits      all void spaces are                        the heavier grade is
 2    638       B                                                                                                            cargo has been
                       after it is filled with bulk grain to ensure __________. are energized          filled                                     in the lower hold
                                                                                                                             loaded




                       The complete details of a crude oil washing system
                                                                                                                                                  Crude Oil Washing
                       aboard your vessel, including the operating                                 Crude Oil Washing
                                                                                 Oil Transfer                                Code of Federal      addendum to the
 2    639       B      sequences and procedures, design characteristics, a                         Operations and
                                                                                 Procedures Manual                           Regulations          Certificate of
                       description of the system, and required personnel will                      Equipment Manual
                                                                                                                                                  Inspection
                       be found in the __________.




                                                                                 The draft of the
                                                                                                       The placement of      The presence of
                       Which factor(s) can affect the performance of a river     towboat and the
 2    640       D                                                                                      the barges within     flanking rudders and All of the above
                       towboat?                                                  draft of the barges
                                                                                                       the tow               Kort nozzles
                                                                                 under tow




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B             Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                       Which document shows the minimum required crew a
                                                                                                       Certificate of
 2    641       B      vessel must have to navigate from one port in the         Articles                                   Crew List            Register
                                                                                                       Inspection
                       United States to another?




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is
 2    642       B                                                                offshore stern line   inshore stern line   after spring line    after breast line        D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                                                                                 its normal location of the direction of twist the manner in which the manner in which
 2    644       B      The "lay" of a line refers to __________.
                                                                                 stowage                in the strands         it is coiled        it is rigged




                                                                                 may be retained by    must be posted                            must be kept on file
                                                                                 the owner at the      under transparent    must be carried on   at the corporate
 2    645       C      A vessel's Certificate of Documentation __________.
                                                                                 home port OR kept     material in the      board                offices of the owner
                                                                                 on the vessel         pilothouse                                or operator




                       What shape barge offers the least resistance in river     A square ended        Barges with raked
 2    646       B                                                                                                           Ship-shaped barges Hopper barges
                       towing?                                                   barge                 shaped bows




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A               Answer B               Answer C                Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                                             tug and tow are both
                                                                                                      tug is in the trough                           port and starboard
                                                                               tug is on the crest of                        in the same relative
                                                                                                      while the tow is                               engines on the tug
 2    647       C      Synchronous towing means that the __________.           a wave while the                              position on different
                                                                                                      riding on the crest of                         are turning at the
                                                                               tow is in the trough                          waves at the same
                                                                                                      a wave                                         same RPM
                                                                                                                             time




                                                                               cargo which            cargo which                                    homogeneous cargo
                                                                                                                             cargo which is very
 2    648       D      Bulk cargo refers to __________.                        occupies a large       requires                                       not enclosed in a
                                                                                                                             dense
                                                                               volume of space        refrigeration                                  container




                       Before a tank is to be crude oil washed, the oxygen
                                                                               immediately above                                                     one meter from the
 2    649       D      content in the tank must be measured at a position                             at the top of the tank in the vent riser
                                                                               the level of the oil                                                  deck
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                           Wait until the stern
                                                                               Immediately put the Immediately put the                     is well clear of the
                       A crew member has just fallen overboard off your port                                           Immediately put the
 2    650       B                                                              rudder over hard    rudder over hard                        man and then put
                       side. Which action should you take?                                                             engines astern.
                                                                               right.              left.                                   the rudder over hard
                                                                                                                                           right.




                       Fire fighting equipment requirements for a particular   4Certificate of        Certificate of         Classification          Certificate of
 2    651       A
                       vessel may be found on the __________.                  Inspection             Seaworthiness          Certificate             Registry




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                            Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                                                                                                  only plug holes in    reduce the entry of
                       When plugging holes below the waterline you should   eliminate all water                                               plug the largest
 2    652       C                                                                                 machinery or other    water as much as
                       __________.                                          entering the hole                                                 holes first
                                                                                                  vital spaces          possible




                       A rope made of a combination of wire and fiber is
 2    654       D                                                           independent           lang lay              preformed             spring lay
                       known as __________.




                                                                            reducing speed to     lashing down or
                       Good seamanship while towing in heavy weather                                                    dogging all hatches streaming all of your
 2    655       D                                                           reduce surging on     stowing all loose
                       requires all of the following EXCEPT __________.                                                 and watertight doors towing hawser
                                                                            the towline           gear




                                                                            draws more water
                                                                                                  draws less water
                       A deep draft VLCC (100,000 DWT+) navigating in a     than when                                   requires less power steers better under
 2    656       A                                                                                 with an increase in
                       narrow channel or canal __________.                  underway in deep                            for a given speed   full power
                                                                                                  speed
                                                                            water




                                                                                                                        Spaces for the
                       Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage   Companions and                                                   Water ballast
 2    657       C                                                                                 Open structures       exclusive use of the
                       to derive net tonnage?                               booby hatches                                                    spaces
                                                                                                                        officers or crew




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                 Answer A             Answer B                Answer C               Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                        toward the forward      toward the after
                       When carrying a full or nearly full load of bulk ore in a                        bulkhead of the         bulkhead of the
                       general cargo type vessel which has engine spaces                                forward holds and       forward holds and     toward the after
 2    658       C                                                                  along the centerline
                       amidships, the cargo in each hold should be trimmed                              toward the after        the forward           bulkhead of all holds
                       so that the bulk of the cargo lies __________.                                   bulkhead of the after   bulkhead of the after
                                                                                                        holds                   holds


                                                                                                                                               The fixed machines
                                                                                   The portable
                                                                                                                                               must be operated
                                                                                   machines must be     The source tank for The inert gas
                                                                                                                                               simultaneously with
                       You are planning to use the crude oil washing system        set at the proper    the tank cleaning   system must reduce
                                                                                                                                               the portable
 2    659       B      on your tankship. What is required to prevent               drop for the first   machines must have the oxygen content
                                                                                                                                               machines to
                       electrostatic buildup in the tanks?                         wash before the      least one meter     in the tanks to a
                                                                                                                                               equalize the
                                                                                   fixed machines are   decanted from it.   maximum of 18%.
                                                                                                                                               electrostatic
                                                                                   used.
                                                                                                                                               potential.




                       You receive word that a person has fallen overboard
                                                                                                        put the wheel hard      put the engines full   sound the man
 2    660       B      from the starboard side. You should FIRST                   notify the Master
                                                                                                        right                   astern                 overboard alarm
                       __________.




                       The number of certificated lifeboatmen required for a       Certificate of       Muster List ("Station                          Register or
 2    661       A                                                                                                             lifeboats
                       vessel is found on the __________.                          Inspection           Bill")                                         Enrollment




                       Coiling new rope against the lay, bringing the lower
                       end up through the center of the coil, then coiling with
 2    664       D                                                                  coiling              faking                  flemishing             thoroughfooting
                       the lay, in order to remove the kinks, is known as
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B                Answer C                Answer D             Illustration

                                                                                 acts as a reserve
                                                                                 length of towing
                                                                                                        gives an               is the dip in the
                                                                                 hawser when the
                                                                                                        approximation of the   towing hawser
 2    665       D      The catenary __________.                                  tug applies more                                                  All of the above
                                                                                                        amount of strain on    between the tug and
                                                                                 power, and it
                                                                                                        the towing hawser      the tow
                                                                                 dampens the surge
                                                                                 effect of the tow




                       You are proceeding at a slow speed with your
                       starboard side near the right bank of a channel. If your full ahead, hard left   full ahead, hard right full astern, hard left   full astern, hard right
 2    666       B
                       vessel suddenly sheers toward the opposite bank, the rudder                      rudder                 rudder                   rudder
                       best maneuver would be __________.




                                                                                                                               the catenary and the
                       While towing in shallow water you should consider         using a short towing using a floating
 2    667       D                                                                                                              effect it may have   All of the above
                       __________.                                               hawser               hawser
                                                                                                                               on the tow




                                                                                                                                                  Through ventilation,
                                                                                                     Because of its            Dunnage should be
                                                                                 Coal should be                                                   as well as surface
                       Which statement is correct concerning the carriage of                         inherent vice, coal       placed against
 2    668       A                                                                vented with surface                                              ventilation, should
                       coal in bulk?                                                                 should not be             ship's sides and
                                                                                 ventilation only.                                                be provided
                                                                                                     loaded wet.               around stanchions.
                                                                                                                                                  whenever possible.




                                                                                                      The tow sheers to
                                                                                                      one side behind the
                                                                                 The tow twists,
                       Which statement describes the motion of a yawing                               tug and maintains a The tow snakes
 2    669       D                                                                sometimes violently,                                                   All of the above
                       tow?                                                                           position in a line    behind the tug
                                                                                 astern of the tug
                                                                                                      diagonal to the tug's
                                                                                                      forward movement




                                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B               Answer C               Answer D           Illustration


                                                                            The ship should be                                The tending line of
                                                                            stopped with the           The basket or          the litter basket      The hoist line should
                       You must evacuate a seaman by helicopter lift. Which wind off the beam          stretcher must not     should be secured      be slack before the
 2    670       D
                       statement is TRUE?                                   while the helicopter       be allowed to touch    to the ship beyond     basket or stretcher
                                                                            is hovering                the deck.              the radius of the      is hooked on.
                                                                            overhead.                                         helicopter blades.




                                                                                 American Bureau of National Cargo                                   U.S. Department of
 2    671       C      A Permit to Proceed is issued by the __________.                                                       U.S. Coast Guard
                                                                                 Shipping           Bureau                                           Labor




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is
 2    673       B                                                                shore line            breast line            spring line            stern line               D044DG
                       called a __________.




 2    674       A      Stuffer-braid rope has __________.                        a yarn core           no core                three strands          12 threads




                                                                                                       reduce catenary,
                                                                                                                              enable one tug and     provide rapid
                                                                                 increase the towing   allow operation in
                                                                                                                              its crew without any   delivery of logs from
                       An advantage of the modified Christmas Tree towing        hawser's catenary     shallower water, and
 2    675       B                                                                                                             outside assistance     the northwestern
                       method is to __________.                                  and provide more      to release one barge
                                                                                                                              to make up or break    United States to
                                                                                 spring                without breaking up
                                                                                                                              down the tow           Hawaiian sawmills
                                                                                                       the entire tow




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B            Answer C               Answer D         Illustration




                       Conditions for crossing a rough bar are usually best at
 2    676       B                                                              low water slack         high water slack    high water ebb         high water flood
                       __________.




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is
 2    677       B                                                                forward spring line   after spring line   waist breast line      stern line             D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       Prior to being able to sail, each vessel that carries
                                                                                 American Bureau of                        National Cargo
 2    678       C      grain in bulk must have a certificate of loading issued                      Lloyds of London                              U.S. Salvage
                                                                                 Shipping                                  Bureau
                       by the __________.




                                                                                                                           The helicopter's       When using a
                                                                                 The ship's relative   The deck crew at    drop line should be    "horse collar", the
                       You must medevac a critically injured seaman by           wind should be from   the hoist point     secured to the ship    bight of the loop
 2    680       B
                       helicopter hoist. Which statement is TRUE?                dead ahead at 10 to   should not wear     not more than 15       should be around
                                                                                 30 knots.             baseball hats.      feet from the hoist    the chest of the
                                                                                                                           position.              injured seaman.




                       The mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n)
 2    682       B                                                                forward breast line   offshore bow line   offshore spring line   onshore bow line       D044DG
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A              Answer B             Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                    avoid polluting                            allow movement of
                       Barges and vessels are ballasted before departure to    improve their        waters where liquid   prevent free surface liquids within the
 2    683       A
                       __________.                                             stability            ballast may not be    effects              barge for tank
                                                                                                    discharged                                 cleaning




                                                                                                                          either clockwise or
 2    684       A      Right-laid line should be coiled __________.            clockwise            counterclockwise                            on a reel
                                                                                                                          counterclockwise




                       Which type of ballast is most commonly used in barges                                                                    Sand, rock and
 2    685       A                                                            Water                  Oil                   Concrete and barite
                       and ships?                                                                                                               gravel




                       The effect known as "bank cushion" acts in which of                                             It forces the entire
                                                                               It forces the bow   It forces the stern                          It heels the vessel
 2    686       A      the following ways on a single-screw vessel                                                     vessel away from
                                                                               away from the bank. away from the bank.                          toward the bank.
                       proceeding along a narrow channel?                                                              the bank.




                       Who would normally certify that all preparations have
                                                                               American Bureau of                         National Cargo
 2    688       C      been made and all regulations observed prior to                            U.S. Coast Guard                              Master of the vessel
                                                                               Shipping                                   Bureau
                       loading a cargo of bulk grain?




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A               Answer B              Answer C              Answer D           Illustration



                                                                               length of the tow      tow may continue its towing hawser may
                       When your tug reduces speed to shorten tow, the
 2    689       D                                                              gets shorter as the    momentum and         drag the bottom and All of the above
                       __________.
                                                                               strain is reduced      overtake the tug     put the tug in irons




                       A rescue helicopter's hoist area should have a radius
 2    690       D                                                              6 feet of clear deck   10 feet of clear deck 25 feet of clear deck 50 feet of clear deck
                       of at least __________.




                       On U.S. flag vessels, which certificate is always issued                       Safety Equipment      Safety Construction Register of cargo
 2    691       B                                                               Load Line Certificate
                       by the Coast Guard?                                                            Certificate           Certificate         gear




                       The tow makeup that is designed to keep the catenary
 2    692       A      of the tow hawser to a minimum is called the         Christmas tree tow        tandem tow            British tow           tandem tug tow
                       __________.




                                                                                                                    slowing, stopping or
                                                                             dragging the towing
                                                                                                                    endangering the
                       The effect of excessive catenary in shallow water may hawser along the    snagging sunken or
 2    693       D                                                                                                   towing operation by All of the above
                       be __________.                                        bottom and chafing submerged objects
                                                                                                                    placing the tug in
                                                                             it
                                                                                                                    irons




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                            Answer A              Answer B             Answer C               Answer D         Illustration


                                                                                                                          can hold a load
                                                                              can be used in                                                    gives audible
                                                                                                    can be stored on      even when a
                       An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that    conjunction with                                                  warning of
 2    694       C                                                                                   decks exposed to      considerable
                       nylon rope __________.                                 wire or spring-lay                                                overstress whereas
                                                                                                    sunlight              amount of the yarns
                                                                              rope                                                              manila does not
                                                                                                                          have been abraded




                                                                              the weight of its tow, the towing hawser
                       A tug is "in irons" when held in a fixed position by                                                                     lack of power or an
 2    695       B                                                             its being anchored, snagged on the          an adverse current
                       __________.                                                                                                              engine breakdown
                                                                              or grounded            bottom




                       A vessel traveling down a narrow channel, especially if
                       the draft is nearly equal to the depth of the water, may
 2    696       D                                                               smelling the bottom squatting             bank suction          bank cushion
                       set off the nearer side. This effect is known as
                       __________.




                       Which agency issues a certificate of loading that is
                                                                              American Bureau of Department of            National Cargo        Public Health
 2    698       C      evidence that the rules and regulations concerning
                                                                              Shipping           Agriculture              Bureau                Service
                       bulk grain cargoes have been observed?




                                                                                                                          When the towing       When the tug exerts
                                                                              When the tow          While making up to    hawser leads          maximum bollard
 2    699       C      Under which condition is a tug likely to be tripped?
                                                                              "jumps" on the line   tow a large oil rig   forward of the        pull with the tow
                                                                                                                          quarter               close astern




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B              Answer C               Answer D        Illustration




                       The Safety Equipment Certificate shows that the                                American Bureau of American Salvage          S.O.L.A.S.
 2    701       D                                                                U.S. Coast Guard
                       vessel conforms to the standards of the __________.                            Shipping           Association               Convention




                       When paying off seamen in a foreign port, where a
                                                                               representative of the local port authority                          ship's union
 2    702       C      United States consul is not available, the release must                                              Master of the vessel
                                                                               foreign country       representative                                delegate
                       be executed by the seamen and the __________.




                       The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist         serious danger to
                                                                                                      further damaging      harming persons
 2    703       D      people affected by an accident if he or she can do so     his or her own                                                    All of the above
                                                                                                      the other vessel      onboard
                       without __________.                                       vessel




                       Laying out a line in successive circles flat on deck with
 2    704       C                                                                coiling              faking                flemishing             lining
                       the bitter end in the center is known as __________.




                                                                                                      her tow moves         the tow is no longer
                                                                                 towed sideways by
                                                                                                      parallel to and       directly astern but
 2    705       D      A tug may be in danger of tripping when __________.       an overwhelming                                                 All of the above
                                                                                                      forward on either     moves up on her
                                                                                 force on the towline
                                                                                                      side of the tug       quarter




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                           Answer A               Answer B               Answer C               Answer D           Illustration



                       How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a                                               It pushes the entire
                                                                            It pulls the bow       It pulls the stern                            It heels the vessel
 2    706       B      single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow                                                      vessel away from
                                                                            toward the bank.       toward the bank.                              toward the bank.
                       channel?                                                                                           the bank.




                                                                                                                                                 Yes. Because of
                                                                            No. Forces tending
                                                                                                   Yes. The long          No. Tripping is        increased water
                                                                            to capsize a tug are
                                                                                                   towing hawser used     common in ocean        depths, forces
                                                                            as dangerous on the
 2    707       A      Is tripping limited to harbor and coastal towing?                           in ocean towing        towing because of      required to capsize
                                                                            high seas as they
                                                                                                   eliminates the         more frequent          a tug are not usually
                                                                            are in harbor and
                                                                                                   danger of tripping.    maneuvering            found in ocean
                                                                            coastal work.
                                                                                                                                                 towing




                       The National Cargo Bureau represents the
 2    708       D                                                           agent                  operator               shipper                All of the above
                       __________.




                                                                                                  flash point range                              pour point, color,
                       The designations A, B, C, D, and E grades of cargo   degrees of quality of and Reid vapor                                 and viscosity index
 2    709       B                                                                                                         grades of crude oil
                       refer to the __________.                             petroleum products pressure index of                                 of petroleum
                                                                                                  petroleum products                             products




                                                                           In a large vessel       When the turn is
                                                                                                                          The initial actions    The turn will return
                                                                           (VLCC) much of the      completed, the
                                                                                                                          are taken at well      the vessel to the
                       Which statement is FALSE, concerning the Williamson headway will be lost    vessel will be on a
 2    710       D                                                                                                         defined points and     man's location in the
                       turn?                                               thereby requiring       reciprocal course
                                                                                                                          reduce the need for    shortest possible
                                                                           little astern           and nearly on the
                                                                                                                          individual judgment.   time.
                                                                           maneuvering.            original track line.




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                 Answer A               Answer B              Answer C             Answer D         Illustration



                                                                                                                                                     separate Passenger
                       If an alien stowaway is discovered aboard your vessel,
 2    711       D                                                             Alien Crew List             Crew List             Passenger List       List marked
                       his name must be placed on the __________.
                                                                                                                                                     stowaways




                                                                                   It disconnects the
                                                                                                          It frees the tug from
                       What is the effect of releasing the towline in a tripping   capsizing force and                          There is no effect
 2    712       A                                                                                         its towing                                 Yawing
                       situation?                                                  allows the tug to                            other than relief.
                                                                                                          responsibilities.
                                                                                   recover from its list.




                                                                                                          Placement further
                                                                                   The further forward
                                                                                                          aft permits more                           The height and
                                                                                   and closer to                                Installing the bitts
                       How do the height and location of a tug's towing bitts                             effective pulling,                         position of towing
 2    713       A                                                                  amidships the more                           down low lowers the
                       relate to the danger of tripping?                                                  better steering and                        bitts has no
                                                                                   readily the tug will                         center of gravity.
                                                                                                          eliminates the                             significance.
                                                                                   trip.
                                                                                                          danger of tripping.




                       Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working
 2    714       C                                                                  0.75 tons              1.25 tons             1.33 tons            8.00 tons
                       load of manila line with a breaking stress of 8 tons.




                                                                              there is more crew                                the towing hawser
                       The term "overriding" or "overrunning" when applied to                             the tow has                                the Norman pins are
 2    715       B                                                             on board than                                     comes out of the
                       towing, implies that __________.                                                   overtaken its tug                          not effective
                                                                              required                                          water




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A             Answer B            Answer C              Answer D       Illustration



                       Your vessel is proceeding along a narrow channel.                                            Forces the entire
                                                                              Forces the bow     Forces the stern                              Decreases the draft
 2    716       A      The effect called bank cushion has which effect on the                                       vessel bodily away
                                                                              away from the bank away from the bank                            at the bow
                       vessel?                                                                                      from the bank




                                                                                                      temporary personnel
                                                                                 the muster list is                       names of crew        no changes are
                       It is the responsibility of the Master to ensure that                          and visitors are
 2    717       B                                                                posted in each                           members are listed   made to the muster
                       __________.                                                                    advised of
                                                                                 compartment                              on the muster list   list
                                                                                                      emergency stations




                       How many board feet of dunnage would you estimate
 2    718       B                                                                 70                  840                 960                  1080
                       to be in a pile 5 feet wide, 1 foot high and 14 feet long?




 2    719       C      Most crude oils are classified as grade __________.       A or B               B                   C or D               E




                                                                             You will be on a                             The turn enables     You have extra time
                       You suspect that a crewmember has fallen overboard                          The turn provides
                                                                             reciprocal course                            you to reverse       to maneuver in
                       during the night and immediately execute a Williamson                       the maximum
 2    720       A                                                            and nearly on the                            course in the        attempting to close
                       turn. What is the primary advantage of this maneuver                        coverage of the
                                                                             track-line run during                        shortest possible    in on the man for
                       under these circumstances?                                                  area to be searched.
                                                                             the night.                                   time.                rescue.




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A             Answer B              Answer C               Answer D       Illustration




 2    721       C      The mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________.    bow line             forward spring line   breast line            None of the above    D044DG




                                                                               a mechanical
                                                                                                    adverse tidal current the tug reducing its
 2    722       D      A tow can override its tug as a result of __________.   breakdown on the                                                  All of the above
                                                                                                    conditions            speed
                                                                               tug




                                                                               The engines must     Clear the afterdeck   Lash the hook         The towing winch
                       What safety precautions must you take when
 2    723       B                                                              be operated on the   and fantail of        closed so it does not engine must be
                       maneuvering on a towing hook?
                                                                               slow bell.           personnel.            open accidentally.    running.




                       Using a safety factor of five, determine what is the safe
 2    724       B      working load for 3-1/2 inch manila line with a breaking 0.82 ton             0.98 ton              2.45 tons              12.25 tons
                       stress of 4.9 tons.




                                                                               loss of pay during
                       By law, a user of marijuana shall be subject to                              reprimand by the US revocation of license termination of
 2    725       C                                                              the period of such
                       __________.                                                                  Coast Guard         or certificate        employment
                                                                               use




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D        Illustration



                                                                                                                            "squat" will cause a
                                                                                                      the vessel is more
                       A common occurrence when a vessel is running into         the wake is less                           decrease in bottom
 2    726       C                                                                                     responsive to the                          All of the above
                       shallow water is that __________.                         pronounced                                 clearance and an
                                                                                                      rudder
                                                                                                                            increase in draft




                       Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage        Galley fitted with
 2    727       D                                                                                     Open structures       Passenger spaces     Boatswain's stores
                       to derive net tonnage?                                    range or oven




                       How many board feet of dunnage are in a draft 4 feet
 2    728       C                                                                84                   756                   936                  1021
                       wide, 1-1/2 feet high and 13 feet long?




                       A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 85°F. This is a
 2    729       C                                                                B flammable liquid   C flammable liquid    D combustible liquid E combustible liquid
                       grade __________.




                                                                                   vessel has turned    vessel has turned
                       In a Williamson turn, the rudder is put over full until the                                           vessel is on a      emergency turn
 2    730       B                                                                  90°From her original 60°From her original
                       __________.                                                                                           reciprocal course   signal sounds
                                                                                   course               course




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                            Answer A              Answer B               Answer C           Answer D        Illustration



                                                                             no time limit so long no time limit so long
                       A Deratization Exemption Certificate is valid for a
 2    731       D                                                            as Certificate of     as no evidence of     1 year              6 months
                       period of __________.
                                                                             Sanitation is valid   rodents aboard




                                                                             Pay out the towline                          Immediately head
                       Which action should be taken FIRST if your tow is                                                                     Contact the Coast
 2    732       A                                                            until the sunken tow Sever the towline.      for the nearest
                       sinking in shallow water?                                                                                             Guard.
                                                                             reaches bottom.                              shoreline.




                                                                             the towing hawser    the correct             an insurance       a pick-up wire has
                       Before leaving port on an ocean tow, a tug captain
                                                                             can be released      navigation lights are   underwriter has    been rigged on the
 2    733       C      should assure himself of all the following EXCEPT
                                                                             quickly in an        rigged and operable     prepared a pre-    tow in case of a
                       __________.
                                                                             emergency            on the tug and tow      sailing survey     breakaway.




                       What is the computed breaking strength of a 4-inch
 2    734       D                                                            5,280 lbs.           7,700 lbs.              12,200 lbs.        14,400 lbs.
                       manila line?




                       A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships
 2    735       B      and above the after deck on a towing vessel is        main brace           texas bar               jockey bar         None of the above
                       sometimes called a __________.




                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                   Answer A         Answer B          Answer C                Answer D     Illustration



                       You notice that your speed has decreased, the stern of
                                                                               mechanical
                       your vessel has settled into the water, and your rudder                                       loss of lubricating oil
 2    736       B                                                              problems with the    shallow water                            current
                       is sluggish in responding. The MOST likely cause is                                           in the engine
                                                                               steering gear
                       __________.




                       A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships
 2    737       B      and above the after deck on a towing vessel is             chafing bar       Dutch tow bar    carling                None of the above
                       sometimes called a __________.




                       How many board feet of dunnage are there in a draft 3
 2    738       B                                                            526                    756              876                    906
                       feet wide, 1-1/2 feet high, and 14 feet long?




 2    739       C      Camphor oil is classified as a grade __________.           A                 C                D                      E




                       The extension of the after part of the keel in a single-
 2    740       C      screw vessel upon which the stern post rests is called     boss              knuckle          skeg                   strut
                       the __________.




                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B               Answer C               Answer D           Illustration




                       Lighter longitudinal stiffening frames on the vessel's
 2    742       A                                                               stringers              side frames            side stiffeners        intercostals
                       side plating are called __________.




                                                                                                       reverse turns on
                       When using natural-fiber rope, you should NEVER          dry the line before                         try to lubricate the
 2    744       C                                                                                      winches periodically                          use chafing gear
                       __________.                                              stowing it                                  line
                                                                                                       to keep out kinks




                       When carrying a cargo of asphalt or molten sulfur,
                                                                                water in the tanks or having the cargo too explosion of vapors inadequate ullage
 2    745       A      which are carried at temperatures of over 300°F, one
                                                                                pipelines             cool                 after discharge     space
                       of the biggest dangers is __________.




                                                                                A decrease in the
                                                                                                       An increase in         An increase in         A decrease in speed
                                                                                speed results in a
                       Which effect does speed through the water have on a                             speed results in the   speed results in the   results in the vessel
 2    746       B                                                               decrease in steering
                       vessel which is underway in shallow water?                                      stern sucking down     vessel rising on an    sucking down on an
                                                                                response and
                                                                                                       lower than the bow.    even plane.            even plane.
                                                                                maneuverability.




                       When carrying a cargo of asphalt or molten sulfur,
                                                                                inadequate ullage      having the cargo too explosion of vapors having to breathe
 2    747       D      which are carried at temperatures of over 300°F, one
                                                                                space                  cool                 after discharge     the fumes
                       of the biggest dangers is __________.




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B                Answer C              Answer D            Illustration




 2    749       B      Butadiene, inhibited, is labeled as a __________.          combustible liquid    flammable gas           flammable liquid      flammable solid




                                                                                  furnishes support to                          provides
                                                                                                        provides                                      transfers the driving
                                                                                  the rudder, propeller                         foundations for the
 2    750       A      On a single-screw vessel the stern frame _________.                              foundations for after                         force of the propeller
                                                                                  shaft, and transom                            main propulsion
                                                                                                        mooring winches                               to the hull
                                                                                  frame                                         engines




                       A document which has a list of names, birthplaces, and
                       residences of persons employed on a merchant vessel                                                                            Muster List ("Station
 2    751       A                                                             Certified Crew List       Crew Manifest           Shipping Articles
                       bound from a U.S. port on a foreign voyage and is                                                                              Bill")
                       required at every port is called the __________.




                       A lot of special cargo of similar cartons as shown is to
                       be loaded. What is the total cubic capacity the            51 cubic feet (1.5    58 cubic feet (1.7      65 cubic feet (2.0    336 cubic feet (10
 2    752       C                                                                                                                                                               D042DG
                       consignment will occupy if you assume 10% broken           cubic meters)         cubic meters)           cubic meters)         cubic meters)
                       stowage?




                                                                                                         Measuring the          Observing for the
                                                                                  Feeling the surface                                               Opening the strands
                                                                                                         reduction in           appearance of
 2    754       D      Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?        of the line for broken                                            and examining the
                                                                                                         circumference of the   mildew on the outer
                                                                                  fibers                                                            inner fibers
                                                                                                         line                   surface




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A            Answer B              Answer C             Answer D           Illustration



                                                                                                                                                375 GRT towing
                                                                                 99 GRT towing       199 GRT towing        400 GRT towboat
                       A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve                                                                        vessel operating
 2    756       D                                                                vessel operating on vessel operating in   operating on the
                       as the Captain of which towing vessel?                                                                                   between Texas and
                                                                                 Chesapeake Bay      the Gulf of Alaska    Western Rivers
                                                                                                                                                Puerto Rico




                       An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for
 2    758       D                                                              6 months              1 year                2 years              5 years
                       what period of time?




                       The equipment used to control, protect and connect a
 2    759       B                                                                cat head            terminal gear         level wind           poured socket
                       towline is called _________.




                       The connection to the towline must be secured with a      galvanized screw-   hardened steel        shackle secured a    shackle fitted with a
 2    760       C
                       _________.                                                pin shackle         thimble               nut and cotter pin   swivel piece




                       The Immigration and Naturalization Service is
 2    761       B      concerned with which document on a vessel making          Cargo Manifest      Certified Crew List   Curio List           Shipping Articles
                       preliminary entry into a U.S. port from a foreign port?




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                             Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                                    brake with holding    brake that can be
                                                                              device that evenly    power appropriate     operated when there source of
                       A towing winch, that handles a wire towline, must have
 2    762       D                                                             spools and tightly    for the vessel's      is no power            emergency power to
                       all of the following EXCEPT a _________.
                                                                              winds the towline     horsepower or         available to drive the operate the winch
                                                                                                    bollard pull          winch




                                                                                                    method to easily      oxy-acetylene         ax or knife mounted
 2    763       B      A vessel that tows astern must have a/an _________.    towing winch
                                                                                                    release the towline   cutting torch         near the towing bitts




                                                                                                                                                small tarred
                                                                              four-stranded, left- three-stranded, right- three-stranded, left- hempline of three
 2    764       B      Roundline is a __________.
                                                                              or right-handed line handed line            handed line           strands laid left-
                                                                                                                                                handed




                       The owner or Master of a vessel pushing ahead or
                       towing alongside must ensure that each of the
 2    765       A                                                             hydraulic couplings   face wires            push gear             spring lines
                       following is appropriate for the vessel's horsepower
                       and tow arrangement EXCEPT __________.




                       Insufficient space between the hull and bottom in
                                                                                                    sudden sheering to    sluggish rudder
 2    766       D      shallow water will prevent normal screw currents       waste of power                                                    All of the above
                                                                                                    either side           response
                       resulting in __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                  Answer A           Answer B               Answer C             Answer D         Illustration




                       On the cargo manifest, the total weight of an empty
 2    767       A                                                                  tare weight         net weight            gross weight         cargo weight
                       cargo box is the __________.




                       A cargo of canned foodstuff is packed in cartons.
 2    768       D      Each carton is 36 cubic feet and weighs 340 pounds.         9.5                 62                    212                  237
                       The stowage factor of the cargo is __________.




                                                                                                                             how to apply
                       The owner or Master of a towing vessel must ensure                             the speed and
                                                                                   the effects of                            variation and        the ownership of the
                       that each person that directs and controls the                                 direction of any
 2    769       D                                                                  maneuvering on the                        deviation to         vessel(s) being
                       movement of the vessel knows all of the following                              current for the area
                                                                                   vessel and its tow                        readings from a      towed
                       EXCEPT _________.                                                              being transited
                                                                                                                             magnetic compass




                       The ratio of the height of a vessel's rudder to its width
 2    770       A                                                                  aspect ratio        constriction ratio    rudder ratio         steering ratio
                       is referred to as the __________.




                       What does a Visaed Alien Crew List which is made                                                      Nonresident aliens   Registered aliens
 2    771       C                                                                  All aliens aboard   All crew members
                       and submitted to the U.S. Consul for visa show?                                                       aboard               aboard




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                            Answer A               Answer B              Answer C                    Answer D        Illustration



                       To reduce stress on the towing hawser when towing     secured to the
                                                                                                    just touching the
 2    772       C      astern (ocean tow), the hawser should be              aftermost fitting on                         underwater               as short as possible
                                                                                                    water
                       __________.                                           the towing vessel




 2    774       C      The strongest of the natural fibers is __________.    cotton                 hemp                  manila                   sisal




                                                                             The Pilot becomes
                                                                                                                          The Pilot is solely      The Master is
                                                                             solely responsible
                                                                                                    The Pilot is solely   responsible for the      responsible for the
                       You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S.    for the safe
                                                                                                    responsible for the   safe maneuvering of      safe navigation of
 2    775       D      port. There is a Pilot onboard and he has the conn.   navigation of the
                                                                                                    internal working of   the ship only if he is   the ship and the
                       Which statement is TRUE?                              vessel only if the
                                                                                                    the ship.             required to be on        Pilot is employed for
                                                                             Master relinquishes
                                                                                                                          board by law.            his local knowledge.
                                                                             the conn.




                                                                                                                          bow will squat           vessel will rise
                       In most cases, when a large merchant vessel enters    maneuverability will
 2    776       C                                                                                 speed will increase     farther than the         slightly, on a level
                       shallow water at high speed the __________.           increase
                                                                                                                          stern                    plane




                                                                             Master must always     Master should
                                                                                                                         Master should agree
                       Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the     request the Pilot to   foresee any danger                        vessel must be in
 2    777       B                                                                                                        to sign a release of
                       __________.                                           take corrective        to the vessel on the                      extremis
                                                                                                                         liability form
                                                                             action                 present course




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A             Answer B          Answer C                Answer D        Illustration




                       What is the stowage factor of a commodity whose
 2    778       D                                                             15                   45               133                     149
                       density is 15 pounds per cubic foot?




                                                                                                 They are more      They are more
                       Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard                       expensive than     expensive than          They are used for
 2    779       A                                                          They are gravity-fed.
                       tankers?                                                                  reciprocating      reciprocating           stripping pumps.
                                                                                                 pumps.             pumps.




                       Bilge keels are more effective at dampening rolls as
 2    780       C                                                             pitching increases   list increases   rolling increases       draft decreases
                       the __________.




                                                                              International                         Society of Naval
                       The trim and stability booklet must be approved by the                      National Cargo                           United States Coast
 2    781       D                                                             Maritime                              Architects and
                       __________.                                                                 Bureau                                   Guard
                                                                              Organization                          Marine Engineers




                       The owner or Master of a towing vessel shall ensure
                                                                              installed                                                     depths soundings
                       that each person that directs and controls the                                               all available aids to
 2    782       B                                                             navigational         buoys alone                              and hydrographic
                       movement of the vessel can accurately fix the vessel's                                       navigation
                                                                              equipment                                                     contour lines
                       position using all of the following EXCEPT _________.




                                                                                                                                                          Deck General
                                                                                                                                                             Book Two
                                                                                                                                                         February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A               Answer B             Answer C            Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                                                                              enter all required
                       The owner or Master of a towing vessel shall ensure    evaluate the danger    adjust speed with                        test and inspection
                                                                                                                          reduce speed only
                       that each person that directs and controls the         of each closing        due regard for the                       results in the
 2    783       C                                                                                                         where local speed
                       movement of the vessel can accomplish all of the       visual or radar        weather and                              vessel's log or other
                                                                                                                          limits are posted
                       following EXCEPT _________.                            contact                visibility                               record carried on
                                                                                                                                              board




                                                                              four-stranded sisal    three-stranded                           two-stranded hemp
 2    784       D      Marline is __________.                                                                             sail twine
                                                                              line                   cotton line                              cord




                       With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-
                                                                              move in a straight                                              walk sideways to
 2    785       B      screw vessel moving ahead on the port screw and                               pivot to starboard   pivot to port
                                                                              line                                                            starboard
                       backing on the starboard screw will __________.




                                                                                                     your speed will
                       You are on a single-screw vessel with a right-handed                                               your rudder
                                                                              you will have better   increase without a                       your vessel will tend
 2    786       C      propeller, and you are making headway. When you                                                    response will
                                                                              rudder response        change in your                           to ride higher
                       enter shallow water, __________.                                                                   become sluggish
                                                                                                     throttle




                       While assigned to a 120 GRT vessel, you are required
                                                                                                     Long Beach,                              Saint Maarten,
 2    787       B      to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from New York Halifax, Canada                               Veracruz, Mexico
                                                                                                     California                               Netherlands Antilles
                       City to which port?




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B                 Answer C            Answer D        Illustration


                       The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of
                       45,000 cubic feet. How many cases of a cargo
 2    788       D      weighing 450 lbs. and measuring 2.5 feet by 3 feet by 300                     675                     1325                1700
                       3 feet could be stowed in the hold, assuming a broken
                       stowage factor of 15 percent?




                                                                                                                             Increasing rotation
                       Which statement about a centrifugal cargo pump is         It is a positive   It must have a
 2    789       B                                                                                                            speed will decrease All of the above
                       TRUE?                                                     displacement pump. positive suction.
                                                                                                                             discharge pressure.




                                                                           They are positive                                                     They require more
                       Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard                                                   They produce a
 2    790       B                                                          displacement              They are gravity-fed.                       maintenance than a
                       tank vessels?                                                                                         pulsating flow.
                                                                           pumps.                                                                reciprocating pump.




                       The oil record book is required to be carried aboard
 2    791       D                                                                tankers             passenger vessels       cargo vessels       All of the above
                       __________.




                       When the vessel is on coastwise articles, the original                                                sent to
                                                                                                                                                 sent to the shipping
 2    792       A      certificate of the seaman's certificate of discharge is   given to the seaman retained on board       Commandant, U.S.
                                                                                                                                                 company
                       __________.                                                                                           Coast Guard




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A          Answer B          Answer C                Answer D       Illustration




 2    794       A      "White Line" is made from __________.                  cotton            hemp               manila              sisal




                                                                                                                   Society of Naval
                       Who certifies the safe working load of cargo booms on                    American Bureau of
 2    795       B                                                            U.S. Coast Guard                      Architects and      The Ship's Master
                       a vessel?                                                                Shipping
                                                                                                                   Marine Engineers




                                                                           be sluggish and      be sluggish and
                       When you enter shallow water, you would expect your                                         improve and your    improve and your
 2    796       A                                                          your speed to        your speed to
                       rudder response to __________.                                                              speed to decrease   speed to increase
                                                                           decrease             increase




                       A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with
                       the Officers Competency Certificates Convention of                        employee of the
                                                                                                                   Coast Guard petty
 2    797       D      1936 may be detained by certain designated officials. Coast Guard officer U.S. Customs                          State Police officer
                                                                                                                   officer
                       These officials include all of the following EXCEPT                       Service
                       a/an __________.




                       How many cubic feet of space is required to stow 775
 2    798       B      tons of a cargo with a stowage factor of 25?           12,916            22,794             25,833              29,397
                       (estimated broken stowage is 15%)




                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                   Answer A            Answer B            Answer C              Answer D           Illustration



                                                                                                                                                    permanent
                       Temporary Certificates of Inspection are effective until Solas Certificate is   Load Line Certificate classification society
 2    799       D                                                                                                                                   Certificate of
                       the __________.                                          issued                 is renewed            approval is issued
                                                                                                                                                    Inspection is issued




                                                                                   hollow tube
                                                                                   surrounding the     nozzle attached to a intake valve on a      piston cylinder on a
 2    800       A      A Kort nozzle is a(n) __________.
                                                                                   propeller used to   firefighting hose    diesel engine          diesel engine
                                                                                   improve thrust




                       When oil is discharged overboard, an entry is required
 2    801       B                                                             engine rough log         Oil Record Book       Official Logbook      deck rough log
                       in the __________.




                       You are on watch at sea on course 090°T. A man falls
                                                                            Stop the engines           Come right full                            Continue with left
                       overboard on your starboard side. You immediately                                                   Shift the helm to left
 2    802       A                                                           until clear of the         rudder until the                           rudder until on
                       start a Williamson Turn. Which action is NOT a part                                                 full rudder.
                                                                            man.                       vessel heads 150°T.                        course 270°T.
                       of a Williamson Turn?




                       Line is called "small stuff" if its circumference is less
 2    804       D                                                                  1/2"                3/4"                  1"                    1 3/4"
                       than __________.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A            Answer B              Answer C               Answer D      Illustration



                                                                             Rudder action will
                       Which will most likely occur when entering shallow                         The vessel's list will The vessel's trim will An increase in
 2    806       C                                                            become more
                       water?                                                                     change.                change.                speed will occur.
                                                                             effective.




                       You are loading a cargo of cases into a hold which has
                       a bale cubic of 44,000. The cargo consists of cases
 2    808       B      measuring 4 ft by 2 ft by 1.5 ft. Estimated broken     3096                3116                  3136                   3156
                       stowage is 15%. What is the maximum number of
                       cases which can be stowed in the hold?




 2    809       A      Which pump must always be primed?                     Centrifugal pump     Reciprocating pump Rotary pump               All of the above




                                                                                                  device to force a
 2    810       B      In nautical terminology a "dog" is a __________.      crow bar             water tight door      heavy steel beam       wedge
                                                                                                  against the frame




                       When oily ballast has been pumped overboard, an
 2    811       A                                                            Oil Record Book      Official Logbook      deck rough log         engine rough log
                       entry must be made in the __________.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A                Answer B            Answer C            Answer D         Illustration



                       The Officers Competency Certificates Convention of     offshore supply                              uninspected towing    inspected towing
                                                                                                       passenger vessel of
 2    813       C      1936 applies to all of these vessels operating seaward vessel over 200                              vessel of less than   vessel of 305 gross
                                                                                                       295 gross tons
                       of the boundary line EXCEPT a/an _________.            gross tons                                   200 gross tons        tons




                       In the manufacture of line, plant fibers are twisted
 2    814       D                                                                cable                 line                  strands             yarns
                       together to form __________.




                       A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with
                       the Officers Competency Certificates Convention of
                                                                                                                             Coast Guard petty   officer of the U.S.
 2    815       A      1936 may be detained by certain designated officials. State Police officer      Coast Guard officer
                                                                                                                             officer             Customs Service
                       These officials include all of the following EXCEPT
                       a/an __________.




                       Water may boil up around the stern of a vessel in a       slack water when
 2    816       B                                                                                      shallow water         a cross current     a head current
                       channel due to __________.                                upbound




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is
 2    817       C                                                                forward spring line   forward breast line   inshore bow line    offshore bow line      D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A             Answer B             Answer C              Answer D       Illustration


                       Your vessel has a deadweight capacity of 5000 tons
                       and a cubic capacity of 300,000 cu. ft. You are to load
 2    818       D      lead, with a stowage factor of 18, and cotton, with a   1613 tons             2190 tons            2810 tons            3387 tons
                       stowage factor of 80. If you load full and down, how
                       much cotton should you load?




 2    819       C      Which pump must be primed?                               Rotary pump          Reciprocating pump Centrifugal pump       All of the above




 2    820       B      A partial deck in a hold is called a(n) __________.      weather deck         orlop deck           shelter deck         main deck




                       The Master must maintain the Oil Record Book on
 2    821       D                                                               1 month              12 months            24 months            36 months
                       board for at least __________.




                                                                                                    Proceed to the
                                                                                                                         Flood the space with
                       You are on watch at sea at night and a fire breaks out   Shut down the cargo space and                                  Cool the deck to
 2    822       A                                                                                                        C02 from the fixed
                       in #3 hold. What should be done IMMEDIATELY?             hold ventilation.   determine the extent                       contain the fire.
                                                                                                                         fire fighting system.
                                                                                                    of the fire.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A             Answer B             Answer C             Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                                         Each crew member
                                                                                               Crew must be
                       Which statement concerning a 298 GRT inspected tug A licensed Master of                           must be issued a
                                                                                               signed on before a                           No able seamen are
 2    823       C      engaged in towing from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is   Towing Vessels may                             certificate of
                                                                                               Shipping                                     required.
                       TRUE?                                              serve as Master.                               discharge at the
                                                                                               Commissioner.
                                                                                                                         time of discharge.




                       The larger sizes of manila line are measured by their
 2    824       C                                                              radius               diameter             circumference        weight per foot
                       __________.




                       Who is responsible for establishing watches aboard a    The owner of the     The company that    The company that      The Master of the
 2    825       D
                       U.S. vessel?                                            vessel               operates the vessel charters the vessel   vessel




                                                                               apply enough rudder
                       In order to reduce your wake in a narrow channel you                          change your course                       shift the weight to
 2    826       C                                                              to counter the effect                    reduce your speed
                       should __________.                                                            to a zigzag course                       the stern
                                                                               of the current




                                                                                                                                              positive pressure
                                                                                                                         number of feet per
                                                                                                                                              resulting from the
                                                                               angle that the       angle that the       revolution the
                                                                                                                                              difference of the
                       The pitch of a propeller is a measure of the            propeller makes with propeller makes with propeller is
 2    827       C                                                                                                                             forces on both sides
                       __________.                                             a free stream of     the surface of the   designed to
                                                                                                                                              of the moving
                                                                               water                water                advance in still
                                                                                                                                              propeller in still
                                                                                                                         water without slip
                                                                                                                                              water without slip




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A              Answer B                 Answer C              Answer D          Illustration


                       Your vessel's available bale cubic capacity is 625,000
                       and her available cargo capacity is 10,000 deadweight
                                                                              6387 tons pyrite,     6721 tons pyrite,       7500 tons pyrite,      9133 tons pyrite,
 2    828       A      tons. Disregarding broken stowage, how many tons of
                                                                              3613 tons cork        3279 tons cork          2500 tons cork         867 tons cork
                       pyrite (stowage factor - 13) and how many tons of cork
                       (s.f. - 150) must be loaded to be full and down?




                                                                                                    performance of
                                                                              direct performance
                                                                                                    maintenance work                               direct performance
                                                                              of deck or engine
                       In terms of vessel manning, a watch is the                                   necessary for the     performance of           of cargo loading and
 2    829       A                                                             operations in a
                       __________.                                                                  vessel's safe         lookout duties           discharge
                                                                              scheduled and fixed
                                                                                                    operation, on a daily                          operations only
                                                                              rotation
                                                                                                    basis




                       On which vessels are the officers and deck crew
                                                                                                    Offshore supply         Barges, when
 2    830       D      allowed to operate under a two-watch system on         Towing vessels                                                       All of the above
                                                                                                    vessels                 manned
                       voyages of less than 600 miles?




                       The Oil Record Book on a vessel NOT engaged on a
 2    831       C      foreign voyage shall be maintained on board for not    12 months             24 months               36 months              48 months
                       less than __________.




                                                                                                    performing work
                                                                            maneuvering,                                    performing fire,
                                                                                                    necessary for the
                       The Master may require part of the crew to work when shifting berth,                                 lifeboat or other
 2    833       D                                                                                   safety of the vessel,                          All of the above
                       needed for __________.                               mooring and                                     drills in port or at
                                                                                                    its passengers, crew
                                                                            unmooring                                       sea
                                                                                                    or cargo




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                 Answer A           Answer B             Answer C              Answer D         Illustration




                                                                               keeps the ends from                                            becomes part of a
 2    834       A      A whipping on a fiber line __________.                                      strengthens it       protects your hands
                                                                               fraying                                                        splice




                       For towing vessels over 100 gross tons that are
 2    835       A      permitted to maintain a two-watch system, what          50%                 65%                  75%                   100%
                       percentage of the deck crew must be able seamen?




                                                                                                                                              cause the greatest
                                                                               pick up speed       run slower in the
                                                                                                                        hug the inside of a   depth of water to be
 2    836       D      River currents tend to __________.                      where the channel   center of the
                                                                                                                        bend                  along the outside of
                                                                               widens              channel
                                                                                                                                              a bend




                                                                               While on a foreign
                                                                               voyage and outside                       On vessels
                                                                                                   While operating
                       When may foreign licensed or documented personnel       US jurisdiction, in                      operating on          Never, under any
 2    837       A                                                                                  above the US outer
                       be employed on a US-flag towing vessel?                 order to meet                            domestic voyages      circumstances
                                                                                                   continental shelf
                                                                               manning                                  only
                                                                               requirements




                       You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage
                       factor of 110 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of
 2    838       A                                                               556                654                  752                   770
                       72,000. If broken stowage is figured at 15%, how many
                       tons of the wool can be stowed?




                                                                                                                                                             Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                Book Two
                                                                                                                                                            February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A                Answer B             Answer C                 Answer D     Illustration




                       The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a
 2    839       C                                                           butterfly valve            spectacle valve      check valve           globe valve
                       tank vessel will usually be a __________.




                       The terms "cant frame" and "counter" are associated
 2    840       D                                                              cargo hatch             forecastle           steering engine       stern
                       with the vessel's __________.




                                                                                                       the person about
                       All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by   the Union                                                          one other crew
 2    841       D                                                                                      whom the entry       no one else
                       the Master and __________.                              Representative                                                     member
                                                                                                       concerns




                                                                                                                            When the towing
                       When can the US citizenship requirement for the         When US-licensed        When it costs too
                                                                                                                            vessel operates       Never, under any
 2    842       D      Master of a US-flag uninspected towing vessel be        Masters are not         much to hire a US-
                                                                                                                            shoreward of the      circumstances
                       waived?                                                 readily available       licensed Master
                                                                                                                            boundary line




                                                                               replacement holds a                          vessel is on a
                                                                                                       replacement can
                                                                               license or document                          foreign voyage,
                                                                                                       communicate with
                       If the Master of a US-flag towing vessel replaces any   equivalent in                                outside US
                                                                                                       other crew members
 2    843       D      crew member with a non-US citizen, he/she must          experience and                               jurisdiction, and not all of the above
                                                                                                       to the extent
                       ensure that the __________.                             training to a mariner                        operating above the
                                                                                                       required by
                                                                               holding US                                   US outer continental
                                                                                                       regulations
                                                                               credentials                                  shelf




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A             Answer B             Answer C             Answer D       Illustration



                       Using a safety factor of five, determine the safe
 2    844       A      working load of a line with a breaking strain of 20,000   4,000                5,000                20,000               100,000
                       pounds.




                                                                                                                             for deck department
                       The terminology "able to understand any order spoken                                                  crew members to
                                                                                                        directing the use of                     in response to a
 2    845       C      by the officers" refers to all of the following situations in response to a fire                      understand the
                                                                                                        lifesaving equipment                     man overboard
                       EXCEPT __________.                                                                                    terminology used in
                                                                                                                             the engine room




                       A vessel proceeding along the bank of a river or          continue in line with                     sheer away from the
 2    846       C                                                                                      hug the bank                            increase speed
                       channel has the tendency to __________.                   the bank                                  bank




                       When towing astern what equipment should be stowed
 2    847       B                                                         First aid kit               Axe or cutting torch Fire extinguisher    Chafing gear
                       ready for use near the towline?




                       You are loading a cargo of canned goods with a
                       stowage factor of 65. If you allow 15% for broken
 2    848       B                                                                687                  719                  846                  973
                       stowage, how many tons can be loaded in a space of
                       55,000 cubic feet?




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A               Answer B              Answer C               Answer D       Illustration




                       The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a
 2    849       D                                                           gate valve               butterfly valve       globe valve            check valve
                       tank vessel will usually be a __________.




                                                                                                     centerline tanks on                          forward double
 2    850       C      Panting frames are located in the __________.          after double bottoms                         fore and after peaks
                                                                                                     tankships                                    bottoms




                                                                              The maintenance of
                       Your vessel (185 GT) is on a voyage between New                            The vessel must be This is considered a An Official Logbook
 2    851       D                                                             an Official Logbook
                       York and San Francisco. Which statement is TRUE?                           on foreign articles. coastwise voyage. must be maintained.
                                                                              is optional.




                                                                              Require a
                       How can the Coast Guard determine that a crew                                                       Require that an
                                                                              demonstration by       Require a written
 2    852       A      member is "able to understand any order spoken by                                                   interpreter be         All of the above
                                                                              the officer and the    test
                       the officers"?                                                                                      provided
                                                                              crew member




                       Who is responsible for properly manning a vessel in    The (USCG) Officer                           The owner or
                                                                                                  The (USCG)                                      The Master of the
 2    853       D      accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and   in Charge of Marine                          operator of the
                                                                                                  Captain of the Port                             vessel
                       international conventions?                             Inspection                                   vessel




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B            Answer C             Answer D         Illustration




                       A piece of small stuff (small line) secured to an object
 2    854       A                                                                 lanyard            keeper              noose                stopper
                       to prevent it from going adrift is a __________.




                       Which party must ensure that legal work hour
                       limitations (for both officers and crew members), rest                                                                 The company
                                                                                  The owner of the   The company          The Master of the
 2    855       C      periods and regulations governing work on Sundays                                                                      chartering the
                                                                                  vessel             operating the vessel vessel
                       and holidays are followed when the vessel is in a safe                                                                 vessel
                       harbor?




                       A wedge of water building up between the bow and
 2    856       A      nearer bank which forces the bow out and away              bank cushion       bank suction        combined effect      bend effect
                       describes __________.




                       On vessels over 100 gross tons, whose responsibility
                                                                                                      USCG Officer in
                       is it to ensure that all able seamen in the vessel's crew                                         Owner or operator    Company's
 2    857       A                                                                Master of the vessel Charge of Marine
                       have the documents and qualifications required by law                                             of the vessel        personnel director
                                                                                                      Inspection
                       and regulation?




                       The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of
                       60,000 cubic feet. How many tons of cotton in bales
 2    858       B                                                           141                      565                 706                  847
                       having a stowage factor of 85 can be stowed in the
                       lower hold, assuming a broken stowage factor of 20%?




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A             Answer B              Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                              closed against the   closed, opened a
                       To insure proper seating when closing a valve on a                                                set up as tight as   set up tight using a
 2    859       B                                                             stop and the locking half turn, and then
                       tank, the valve should be __________.                                                             possible by hand     valve wrench
                                                                              pin inserted         closed again




                       Which category of able seaman is not authorized to be
 2    860       D      counted as an able seaman on a seagoing tug of over Unlimited               Limited               Special              Special (OSV)
                       100 gross tons?




                                                                                                                                              Purser, one of the
                                                                                                   Master and Chief
                       Every entry required to be made in the Official Logbook                                                                Mates, and some
 2    861       B                                                              Mate on watch       Mate or other      Master only
                       shall be signed by the __________.                                                                                     other member of the
                                                                                                   member of the crew
                                                                                                                                              crew




                       The term "pintle" and "gudgeon" are associated with
 2    862       C                                                             anchor windlass      jumbo boom            rudder               steering engine
                       the __________.




                                                                              Damage to property                      Loss of bridge-to-
                       When underway with a tow, you are required to notify                      Accidental stranding                         An injury requiring
 2    863       B                                                             amounting to                            bridge radio
                       the Coast Guard in which casualty situation?                              or grounding                                 first aid treatment
                                                                              $12,500                                 capability




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A            Answer B              Answer C               Answer D         Illustration


                                                                               opposite direction                         opposite direction     opposite direction
                                                                               from which the       same direction the from which the            from which the
                       During the manufacture of line, yarns are twisted
 2    864       A                                                              fibers are twisted   fibers are twisted to fibers are twisted     fibers are twisted
                       together in the __________.
                                                                               together to form     form strands          together to form the   together forming
                                                                               strands                                    line                   cables




                       A nylon line is rated at 15,000 lbs. breaking strain.
 2    865       A      Using a safety factor of 5, what is the safe working    3,000 lbs            5,000 lbs             15,000 lbs             65,000 lbs
                       load (SWL)?




                                                                                                                          toward the center of
                                                                                                                          the river just before
                       For the deepest water when rounding a bend in a river, toward the inside of toward the outside     the bend, then
 2    866       B                                                                                                                               in the river's center
                       you should navigate your vessel __________.            the bend             of the bend            change course for
                                                                                                                          the river's center
                                                                                                                          after the bend




                                                                                                                          A member of the
                                                                               A member of the      A member of the
 2    867       B      Who may perform as a lookout?                                                                      Stewards               All of the above
                                                                               engineering watch    navigational watch
                                                                                                                          Department




                       You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage
                       factor of 100 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of
 2    868       D                                                               493                 577                   602                    648
                       72,000. How many tons of the wool can be stowed in
                       the compartment, assuming 10% broken stowage?




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B               Answer C                 Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                               closed, opened a         closed against the
                       To ensure proper seating when closing a valve on a        set up as tight as    set up tight using a
 2    869       C                                                                                                              half turn, and then      stop and the locking
                       tank, the valve should be __________.                     possible by hand      valve wrench
                                                                                                                               closed                   pin inserted




                       The terms "ceiling" and "margin plate" are associated
 2    870       D                                                                crew's quarters       engine room             main deck                tank top
                       with the __________.




                                                                               Cross out the error                             Remove this page of      Blot out the error
                       In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you                         Carefully and neatly
                                                                               with a single line,                             the log book, and        completely and
 2    871       A      make an error in writing an entry. What is the proper                           erase the entry and
                                                                               and write the correct                           rewrite all entries on   rewrite the entry
                       means of correcting this error?                                                 rewrite it correctly.
                                                                               entry, then initial it.                         a clean page.            correctly.




                                                                                                                               ship is still in port    seaman also
                       In a foreign port with a consulate, the U.S. Consul may   injury requires
                                                                                                        Master authorizes      and the seaman can       consents to the
                       excuse the Master from personally appearing before        immediate inpatient
 2    872       A                                                                                       the agent to act in    appear before the        absence, and there
                       him to consent to the mutual release of an injured        hospitalization of the
                                                                                                        his place              Consul after medical     is no dispute as to
                       seaman, when the __________.                              seaman
                                                                                                                               treatment                the wages due




                       At the required fire drill, all persons must report to their
                                                                                    by the Coast Guard in the Muster List      by the person            at the previous
 2    873       B      stations and demonstrate their ability to perform the
                                                                                    regulations        ("Station Bill")        conducting the drill     safety meeting
                       duties assigned to them __________.




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B             Answer C                Answer D          Illustration




                       Which type of line would have the LEAST resistance to
 2    874       A                                                            Manila                    Nylon                Dacron                  Polypropylene
                       mildew and rot?




                                                                                                                            The total distance
                                                                                                       The distance from                            The shortest
                                                                                 The distance from                          from the port of
                                                                                                       the point of                                 measurable
                       Which statement, concerning offshore supply vessel        the point of                               departure to the port
 2    875       C                                                                                      departure to the                             distance from the
                       operations, correctly defines the length of a voyage?     departure to the                           of arrival, not
                                                                                                       most distant point                           port of departure to
                                                                                 vessel's first stop                        including stops at
                                                                                                       offshore                                     the port of arrival
                                                                                                                            offshore points




                       You intend to overtake a vessel in a narrow channel.                            both vessels will    the vessels will drift the vessels will drift
 2    876       C                                                           you will gain speed
                       As you approach the other vessel's stern __________.                            gain speed           together               apart




                       On which vessels may licensed individuals be required
                                                                             Uninspected towing Offshore supply
 2    877       A      to stand watch under the two-watch system, on                                                        Cargo ships             Tank vessels
                                                                             vessels            vessels
                       voyages of more than 600 miles in length?




                       You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage
                       factor of 96 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of
 2    878       D                                                                577                   602                  654                     875
                       84,000. How many tons of wool can be stowed in the
                       compartment?




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B               Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                        They are smaller for
                       Centrifugal pumps have what advantage(s) over             They are less                               They pump more
 2    879       D                                                                                       equivalent pumping                           All of the above
                       reciprocating pumps?                                      expensive.                                  cargo in less time.
                                                                                                        ability.




                       The projecting lugs of the rudderpost which furnish
 2    880       B                                                                bases                  gudgeons               pintles               rudder lugs
                       support to the rudder are called __________.




                                                                               the towline's initial
                       The owner or Master of a towing vessel that tows        minimum breaking         an invoice showing     the towline's         the history of
 2    882       B      astern must keep records of the towline(s) that include strength as              the cost of the        nautical miles of use loading of the
                       all of the following information EXCEPT _________.      determined by the        towline                or time in service    towline
                                                                               manufacturer




                                                                                                        be strong enough to
                                                                               be appropriate to                               fit any spare wire
                                                                                                        handle any static or                        be suitable for
                       The size and material used for towline(s) must meet all the vessel's                                    clips carried on
 2    883       C                                                                                       dynamic loads                               exposure to the
                       of the following requirements, EXCEPT _________.        horsepower or                                   board the vessel for
                                                                                                        expected during its                         marine environment
                                                                               bollard pull                                    repair purposes
                                                                                                        service life




                                                                                 being suitable for
                                                                                                                              having the end
                                                                                 use as soon as it is   having wire clips for
                       When towing astern, each towline must meet all of                                                      either spliced with a
 2    884       A                                                                removed from its       other than a                                 being free of knots
                       these requirements, EXCEPT _________.                                                                  thimble or fitted with
                                                                                 normal stowage         temporary repair
                                                                                                                              a poured socket
                                                                                 location




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                  Answer A                 Answer B             Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                                                      Wire clips are never,
                       How many wire clips must be used to make a                                                                                     under any
 2    885       C                                                                  3                       4                    5
                       temporary repair to a tow wire?                                                                                                circumstances,
                                                                                                                                                      permitted




                       Two vessels are abreast of each other and passing
                                                                                   Your speed will         Your draft will      Your bow will sheer Your bow will sheer
                       port to port in a confined waterway. What should you
 2    886       C                                                                  significantly           significantly        towards the other   away from the other
                       expect as your bow approaches the screws of the
                                                                                   increase.               decrease.            vessel.             vessel.
                       other vessel?




                                                                                   keeping record of       keeping record of
                                                                                                                                conducting routine
                       The condition of a towline must be monitored by             the towline's initial   each retest of the
 2    887       D                                                                                                               visual inspections of All of the above
                       _________.                                                  minimum breaking        towline's minimum
                                                                                                                                the towline
                                                                                   strength                breaking strength




                       You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage
                       factor of 100 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of
 2    888       B                                                               520                        558                  620                   654
                       62,000. How many tons of the wool can be stowed in
                       the compartment, assuming 10% broken stowage?




                       The owner or Master of a towing vessel must evaluate        when recommended                                                   depending on the
                                                                                                          in accordance with a
                       whether the entire towline, or a part of it, is no longer   by the manufacturer                         when the vessel is     mileage or time that
 2    889       C                                                                                         replacement
                       serviceable. The towline should be removed from             or an authorized                            underway               the towline has been
                                                                                                          schedule
                       service in all cases EXCEPT _________.                      classification society                                             in service




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                     Answer A               Answer B                  Answer C               Answer D         Illustration




                       A term applied to the bottom shell plating in a double-
 2    890       B                                                                  bottom floor              outer bottom              shear plating          tank top
                       bottom ship is __________.




                       A seaman assaults the Second Mate and injures him                                                               the logbook entry is   the logbook is
                                                                                   the Second Mate           the case will be
                       with a beer bottle while the ship is at sea. The incident                                                       prima facie evidence   inadmissible if the
                                                                                   and the Master must       dismissed if the
 2    891       C      is logged in the Official Logbook. In subsequent                                                                of the facts if it     logbook entries do
                                                                                   testify as to the facts   logbook entries are
                       suspension and revocation proceedings against the                                                               complies with the      not conform to the
                                                                                   of the assault            improperly made
                       seaman, according to the regulations, __________.                                                               law                    law




                       On a shallow water tow, the catenary of the towline
 2    892       B                                                                  large                     small                     eliminated             adjusted frequently
                       should be __________.




                       Considering the manning requirements for U.S.
                       vessels, your three watch cargo vessel has a deck
 2    893       A      crew of 20 people, exclusive of the officers. How many 13                             10                        7                      5
                       of these people do the manning regulations require to
                       be Able Seamen?




                                                                                                                                       lay the coil on end
                                                                                                                                                              lay the coil on end
                                                                              mount the coil so it           roll the coil along the   with the inside end
                                                                                                                                                              with the inside end
                       When taking a length of new manila rope from the coil, will turn like a spool         deck and allow the        down, then pull the
 2    894       C                                                                                                                                             up then unwind the
                       you should __________.                                 and unreel from the            rope to fall off the      inside end up
                                                                                                                                                              rope from the
                                                                              outside                        coil                      through the middle
                                                                                                                                                              outside of the coil
                                                                                                                                       of the coil




                                                                                                                                                                             Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                                Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                            February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B               Answer C                Answer D          Illustration

                                                                                                     Failing a tensile
                                                                                                     strength test that
                                                                                                                            When heavy grease       Its surface condition
                                                                              An excessive           proved the towline
                       Which factor would NOT lead to removing a towline                                                    on the towline          is noted, including
 2    895       C                                                             number of miles of     was no longer
                       from service?                                                                                        saturates the core of   its corrosion and
                                                                              towing service.        appropriate for
                                                                                                                            the wire rope.          discoloration.
                                                                                                     expected sea
                                                                                                     conditions.




                                                                              submerged rock, not sunken wreck, not
                       A V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing
 2    896       C                                                             dangerous to        dangerous to              towed-under buoy        All of the above
                       upstream in a river may indicate a __________.
                                                                              navigation          navigation




                                                                               Visible damage to    Measurements       A surface condition
                       Which factor(s) might indicate that a towline should be
 2    897       D                                                              the towline,         showing a decrease of corrosion and             All of the above
                       removed from service?
                                                                               including fishhooks. in diameter.       discoloration.




                       You must load as much of a large shipment of case
                       goods as possible into a hold which has 24,000 cubic
                       feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by 2-1/2
 2    898       C                                                              280                   233                    204                     190
                       feet by 4 feet and weights 448 pounds. If you allow for
                       broken stowage of 15%, how many long tons can be
                       loaded?




                                                                              When the record of
                                                                                                                                                  When it has not
                       When must the owner or Master of a towing vessel       its material condition After it jams on the   After it drags on the
 2    899       A                                                                                                                                 been used for over
                       retest a towline or remove it from service?            lapses for 3 months towing winch.             bottom.
                                                                                                                                                  60 days.
                                                                              or more.




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C             Answer D          Illustration




                                                                               feet per feet of       feet per feet of      inches per feet of   inches per feet of
 2    900       C      Camber, in a ship, is usually measured in __________.
                                                                               breadth                length                breadth              length




                                                                                                      The annual required
                                                                               Opening a sideport                         The biennial weight
                       What is required to be entered into the Official                               stripping and                             The drafts on
 2    901       A                                                              at sea to renew a                          test of the lifeboats
                       Logbook?                                                                       cleaning of the                           entering port
                                                                               gasket                                     and falls
                                                                                                      lifeboats




                       The number of able seamen required on board is          American Bureau of                           Classification       Certificate of
 2    902       D                                                                                 Solas Certificate
                       stated in the __________.                               Shipping code                                Certificate          Inspection




                                                                                   dried, and stowed in
                       In order to help protect a natural fiber rope from rotting,                      stowed in a hot,    stowed on deck at    stowed in any
 2    904       A                                                                  a place with
                       the line must be __________.                                                     moist compartment   all times            compartment
                                                                                   adequate ventilation




                                                                               Whenever its           In accordance with
                       When should you conduct a visual inspection of your                                                  At least once a
 2    905       D                                                              serviceability is in   the manufacturer's                         All of the above
                       towline?                                                                                             month.
                                                                               doubt.                 recommendation.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                             Answer A               Answer B                Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                   V-shaped ripple with
                                                                              V-shaped ripple with                      small patch of
                       A snag or other underwater obstruction may form a                           the point of the V                            smoothing out of the
 2    906       A                                                             the point of the V                        smooth water on a
                       __________.                                                                 pointing                                      vessel's wake
                                                                              pointing upstream                         windy day
                                                                                                   downstream




                       While assigned to a 90 GRT vessel, you are required
 2    907       A      to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from Philadelphia San Francisco, CA   Baltimore, MD           Tampico, Mexico      Montreal, Canada
                       to which port?




                       You must load as much of a large shipment of case
                       goods as possible into a hold which has 24,400 cubic
 2    908       C      feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by 2 feet by 54                     207                     259                  351
                       4 feet and weighs 448 pounds. If you allow for broken
                       stowage of 15%, how many long tons can be loaded?




                                                                                                                            Provides for the
                                                                                                    Allows two or more                           Permits the return of
                       What is the purpose of the relief valve of a cargo     Provides for the                              emergency
 2    909       D                                                                                   tanks to be filled at                        cargo to the suction
                       pump?                                                  removal of vapors                             shutdown of the
                                                                                                    the same time                                side of the pump
                                                                                                                            pump




                                                                              allow the ship to ride
                       The purpose of sheer in ship construction is to                               eliminate the need     eliminate the need   give greater strength
 2    910       A                                                             waves with drier
                       __________.                                                                   for butt straps        for margin plates    at the deck edge
                                                                              decks




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B                 Answer C             Answer D            Illustration



                                                                                                       Position of the load     Commencement         Closure of hatches
 2    911       C      Which entry is NOT required in the Official Logbook?     Steering gear tests    line and freeboard       and termination of   and sideports upon
                                                                                                       upon sailing             cargo operations     sailing




                                                                                                                            because there is
                       You are aboard vessel "A" in a narrow channel and the    to avoid vessel
                                                                                                       to avoid the effects less chance of           because the current
                       pilot is approaching vessel "B" as shown. The reason     squat in the
 2    912       B                                                                                      of bank cushion and striking submerged        has less eddies in  DIAGRAM 37
                       he has not previously changed course to the starboard    shallower water
                                                                                                       bank suction         objects in mid-          mid-channel
                       side of the channel is __________.                       near the bank
                                                                                                                            channel




                       When commencing cargo operations on a container          remove an existing     initiate loading in
                                                                                                                                improve stability    allow longshoremen
                       ship, one cell at a hatch is generally discharged        list that would slow   conjunction with
 2    913       B                                                                                                               during cargo         easy access to the
                       completely (to the bottom of the ship) before removing   down cargo             unloading at the
                                                                                                                                operations           hatch
                       any containers from the adjoining cells to _________.    operations             hatch




                                                                                overall strength of
                                                                                                                                line will become     line will be easier to
 2    914       B      When natural fiber rope gets wet, the __________.        the line will          line shrinks in length
                                                                                                                                more elastic         handle
                                                                                decrease




                       What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety
 2    915       D                                                               6 months               12 months                24 months            60 months
                       Radio Certificate?




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A        Answer B           Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                     V-shaped ripple with
                       A condition where two currents meet at the                                                                         V-shaped ripple with
                                                                                                  smooth patch of    the point of the V
 2    916       C      downstream end of a middle bar can be determined by small whirlpool                                                the point of the V
                                                                                                  water              pointing
                       a __________.                                                                                                      pointing upstream
                                                                                                                     downstream




                       What is the period of validity of a Safety Management
 2    917       A                                                                 60 months       48 months          42 months            36 months
                       Certificate?




                       Ten triangular piles of piping on the pier are to be
                       loaded - each pile has a 20 foot base, is 15 feet high
 2    918       B      and 30 feet long. If the breadth of the hold is 60 feet    16.6 feet       25.0 feet          50.0 feet            75.0 feet
                       and the piping is to be stowed fore and aft in a 30 foot
                       space, how high will it stow?




 2    919       B      A deepwell pump is a type of __________.                   screw pump      centrifugal pump   eductor              gear pump




                       A vessel's light displacement is 12,000 tons. Its heavy
                       displacement is 28,000 tons. When fully loaded it
 2    920       B                                                              11,700 tons        15,700 tons        16,000 tons          27,700 tons
                       carries 200 tons of fuel and 100 tons of water and
                       stores. What is the cargo carrying capacity in tons?




                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A            Answer B            Answer C             Answer D             Illustration



                                                                                                                         Names of night
                                                                                                     Drafts upon leaving                      Number of cargo
 2    921       B      Which item must be entered in the official log?           All engine orders                       mates and
                                                                                                     port                                     gangs on board
                                                                                                                         engineers




                                                                                                   Sound the fire alarm                       Proceed to the
                       You are on watch at sea at night, and a fire breaks out Shut down the cargo
 2    922       D                                                                                  signal to rouse out Call the Master.       space and inspect
                       in #3 hold. What would you NOT do immediately?          hold ventilation.
                                                                                                   all hands.                                 the extent of the fire.




                                                                                 can hold a load
                                                                                                                         can be used in       gives audible
                                                                                 even when a         can be stored on
                       An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that                                               conjunction with     warning of
 2    923       A                                                                considerable        deck, exposed to
                       nylon rope __________.                                                                            wire or spring-lay   overstress whereas
                                                                                 number of the yarns sunlight
                                                                                                                         rope                 manila does not
                                                                                 have been abraded




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is
 2    925       C                                                                bow line            after spring line   bow spring line      forward breast line        D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       Usually the most gentle way of riding out a severe        head on at slow                         running before the
 2    926       C                                                                                    hove to                                  to rig a sea anchor
                       storm on a larger vessel is __________.                   speeds                                  seas




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                               Answer A               Answer B              Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                 prevents internal      reduces chafing and reduces internal
 2    927       D      Sluicing or slushing wire rope __________.                and external rust      increases its useful friction within the   All of the above
                                                                                 and corrosion          service life         wire




                       Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed                                                A red and yellow
 2    928       A                                                                A red flag             A yellow flag                              A red light
                       during the day while bunkering?                                                                        flag




                                                                                                                                                   open the pump
                       All of the following steps are taken in starting a                               check the lubrication vent the pump
 2    929       A                                                                set the relief valve                                              suction and
                       centrifugal pump, EXCEPT to __________.                                          system                casing
                                                                                                                                                   discharge valves




                       Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed                                                One red light over a One red light over a
 2    930       A                                                                One red light          Two red lights
                       at night while bunkering at a dock?                                                                    yellow light         white light




                                                                                 Sale of effects of a
                       Which is NOT a required entry in the ship's Official                             Medical treatment of Inspections of cargo Dry docking of the
 2    931       D                                                                deceased crew
                       Logbook?                                                                         an injury            gear                 vessel
                                                                                 member




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C             Answer D           Illustration




                       When bunkering at a dock which of the following         A yellow flag by day, A red flag by day,    A green flag by day, A red flag by day, a
 2    932       B
                       signals must be displayed?                              red light by night    red light by night    green light by night blue light by night




                                                                                                   Measuring the           Observing for the
                                                                               Opening the strands                                             Feeling the surface
                                                                                                   reduction in            appearance of
 2    934       A      Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?     and examining the                                               of the line for broken
                                                                                                   circumference of the    mildew on the outer
                                                                               inner fibers                                                    fibers
                                                                                                   line                    surface




                       The scuppers had been plugged as required at the
                                                                               rig a fire hose and   spread an
                       time an oil spill occurs on deck. After shutting down                                               remove the plugs     sound the general
 2    935       B                                                              call for water on     absorbent material,
                       the transfer, the engineroom should first be informed                                               from the scuppers    alarm
                                                                               deck                  such as sawdust
                       and then __________.




                       A precaution you should take before bunkering is to                           plug the sounding                          close the lids on the
 2    936       C                                                              plug the vents                              plug the scuppers
                       __________.                                                                   pipes                                      vents




                       When towing astern, you notice that another vessel is                      shine a spotlight in                          slow down and pay
                                                                               turn away from the
 2    937       D      about to pass between the towing vessel and the tow.                       the direction of the sever the towline        out the main tow
                                                                               approaching vessel
                       You should immediately __________.                                         approaching vessel                            hawser




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A               Answer B              Answer C              Answer D        Illustration


                       The deck load capacity of a compartment into which
                       you intend to load a cargo of soft brick is 380 lbs. per
                       sq. ft. The stowage factor of the brick is 21.3.
 2    938       B                                                                 1.7 feet              3.6 feet             5.0 feet              7.1 feet
                       Disregarding broken stowage, what is the maximum
                       height the brick may be stacked without endangering
                       the structure?




                                                                                                                                                   To maintain a tank
                                                                             Regulation of              Maintaining constant Regulation of
                                                                                                                                                   or void at
 2    939       D      What is the purpose of pressure-vacuum relief valves? discharge pressure         velocity in cargo    suction head on
                                                                                                                                                   atmospheric
                                                                             from cargo pumps           lines                cargo pumps
                                                                                                                                                   pressure




                       When selecting the fuel oil tanks for the "burn-out" of
                       bunkers during a voyage consideration of all of the
 2    940       A                                                                 flashpoint            stability            trim                  list
                       following must be taken with the EXCEPTION of
                       __________.




                       Which logbook is required to be submitted to the Coast
 2    941       A                                                             Official Log              Smooth log           Rough log             Bell log
                       Guard?




                       When caring for natural-fiber line, you should NEVER       dry the line before                        protect the line from slack off taut lines
 2    944       B                                                                                       lubricate the line
                       __________.                                                stowing it                                 weather               when it rains




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B                Answer C               Answer D            Illustration


                                                                                                       make the tail of the    seize the hauling
                       After having been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair on a   have the sailor on                                                    frap yourself to the
                                                                                                       line leading from the   part and the
                       mast, you must now make yourself fast in the chair       deck make the                                                         mast to take the
 2    945       C                                                                                      becket bend fast to     standing part firmly
                       prior to painting the mast. You should first             hauling part fast to a                                                strain off the hauling
                                                                                                       a padeye on the         in one hand to
                       __________.                                              cleat on the mast                                                     part
                                                                                                       mast                    support your weight




                       Which measure should NOT be taken to reduce the          Add ballast in the
 2    946       A                                                                                     Add ballast forward. Alter course.              Reduce speed.
                       pounding of a vessel in a head sea?                      after peak.




                       Twenty-five hundred (2500) tons of iron ore with a
                       stowage factor of 17 is stowed in a cargo hold. The
 2    948       B      dimensions of the hold are 55 feet long and 45 feet     7.8 feet               8.6 feet                 17.1 feet              34.6 feet
                       wide and 35 feet high. What is the height of the center
                       of gravity of the ore above the bottom of the hold?




                                                                                                      crossover lines
                       Cargo pump relief valves are piped to the                cargo pump                                suction side of             atmosphere through
 2    949       C                                                                                     interconnecting two
                       __________.                                              pressure gauges                           pumps                       pump vents
                                                                                                      pumps




                       The upward slope of a ships bottom from the keel to
 2    950       C                                                               camber                slope                    deadrise               keel height
                       the bilge is known as __________.




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B              Answer C               Answer D           Illustration



                       The responsibility for maintaining the Official Logbook                                              Deck Officer of the
                                                                               Chief Mate of the
 2    951       B      on voyages between the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of                           Master of the vessel watch at the time of Purser of the vessel
                                                                               vessel
                       the United States rests with the __________.                                                         the occurrence




                                                                                Carbon disulfide
                                                                                                       Pyridine and          Pyridine need not be   A tank of carbon
                                                                                may be carried in
                                                                                                       diisopropylamine      separated from         disulfide may be
                       You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide,     NOS. 1 and 2 center
                                                                                                       may be carried in     carbon disulfide by    used to separate a
 2    952       C      diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product      tanks and
                                                                                                       tanks having a        two barriers           tank of pyridine from
                       tankship. Which statement is TRUE?                       diisopropylamine in
                                                                                                       common header         (cofferdams, voids,    a tank of
                                                                                NOS. 1 and 2 wing
                                                                                                       vent.                 empty tanks, etc.).    diisopropylamine.
                                                                                tanks.




                       When bunkering at anchorage which of the following       A red flag by day,     A red flag by day     A red light by night   No signal required
 2    953       B
                       signals must be displayed?                               red light by night     ONLY                  ONLY                   at anchorage




                                                                                 pull the tagged end   pull the tagged end   secure the outside
                       In order to correctly open a new coil of manila line, you                                                                    unreel the coil from
 2    954       B                                                                from the top of the   through the eye of    end and unroll the
                       should __________.                                                                                                           a spool
                                                                                 coil                  the coil              coil




                                                                                                                             An annual survey is    A 15 ppm oily-water
                                                                                The required oily-     The ship is           conducted fifteen      separator is
                       In which case is the IOPP Certificate of an inspected
 2    955       A                                                               water separator        transferred to        months after the       replaced by a 100
                       vessel NOT invalidated?
                                                                                malfunctions.          Liberian registry.    date of certificate    ppm oily-water
                                                                                                                             issuance.              separator.




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A                Answer B              Answer C             Answer D          Illustration




                       When a vessel is swinging from side to side off course
 2    956       D                                                             broaching                 pitchpoling          rolling               yawing
                       due to quartering seas, the vessel is __________.




                                                                                                                             must be exchanged
                                                                                has the full force of
                       Your vessel has completed an inspection for                                                           for a regular       is retained in the
                                                                                the regular             expires six months
 2    957       A      certification and is issued a Temporary Certificate of                                                Certificate of      custody of the
                                                                                Certificate of          after it is issued
                       Inspection. The Temporary Certificate __________.                                                     Inspection within 3 Master
                                                                                Inspection
                                                                                                                             months




                       You are in a tropical port. The refrigeration machinery
                                                                                                                                                   Spread ice over the
                       on a container loaded with air-cooled fruit fails. It   Discharge a cylinder Shade the container Seal any ventilation
                                                                                                                                                   top layer and in any
 2    958       B      cannot be repaired for 18 to 24 hours. Which step       of nitrogen into the and periodically    openings and add
                                                                                                                                                   voids within the
                       should you take to reduce the temperature rise and      container            hose it down        dry ice
                                                                                                                                                   container
                       spoilage of the fruit?




                       A relief valve for a cargo pump is generally installed   after the discharge     between the pump after the suction         between the pump
 2    959       B
                       __________.                                              valve                   and discharge valve valve                  and suction valve




                                                                                displacement in         total weight
 2    960       C      Gross tonnage indicates the vessel's __________.                                                      volume in cubic feet draft in feet
                                                                                metric tons             including cargo




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                  Answer A             Answer B             Answer C             Answer D           Illustration



                       Which log includes a statement of the conduct, ability,
                                                                                                         Department
 2    961       A      and character of each crew member on the completion Official Logbook                                    Crew Logbook        Smooth Logbook
                                                                                                         Logbook
                       of a voyage?




                       You are the person in charge of a 199-GT uninspected                              All deck crew
                                                                              The crew members                               Able seamen are      The sailors shall be
                       towing vessel engaged in towing from New York to                                  members are to
 2    962       A                                                             are required to sign                           required in the deck divided into three
                       Mexico and then returning, a distance in excess of 600                            have a Merchant
                                                                              articles.                                      crew.                watches.
                       miles. Which statement is FALSE?                                                  Mariner's Document.




                       You are the person in charge of a 199-GT uninspected                              All deck crew
                                                                            The sailors shall be                             Able seamen are      The crew members
                       towing vessel engaged in towing from Galveston to                                 members are to
 2    963       D                                                           divided into three                               required in the deck are NOT required to
                       Savannah and then returning, a distance in excess of                              have a Merchant
                                                                            watches.                                         crew.                sign articles.
                       600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?                                              Mariner's Document.




                                                                                                                               an alternating
                                                                                                                                                   either a clockwise or
                       To coil a left-hand laid rope, you should coil the line in   a clockwise direction a counterclockwise   clockwise and
 2    964       B                                                                                                                                  a counterclockwise
                       __________.                                                  only                  direction only       counterclockwise
                                                                                                                                                   direction
                                                                                                                               direction




                       While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel
                                                                                    check the setting of check the setting of
                       has deviated 15 degrees from course and there is no                                                    switch to hand       immediately engage
 2    965       C                                                                   the rudder           the weather
                       corrective rudder being applied. As a standard                                                         steering             the trick wheel
                                                                                    adjustment           adjustment
                       operating procedure you should first __________.




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A           Answer B           Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                       When a boat turns broadside to heavy seas and winds,
 2    966       A      thus exposing the boat to the danger of capsizing, the broached              pitchpoled         trimmed               yawed
                       boat has __________.




                       While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel is
                       deviating from the given course and there is no follow
                       up with corrective rudder action to return to the proper
 2    967       A                                                                "gyro" to "hand"   "hand" to "gyro"   "gyro" to "control"   "control" to "hand"
                       heading. The emergency operating procedure should
                       require you to immediately change operation from
                       __________.




                       The Master may have his/her license suspended or
 2    968       C                                                               carrying stowaways sailing shorthanded being negligent       All of the above
                       revoked for __________.




                       A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The
                       temperature of the product is 80°F (27°C), and it has a
 2    969       A                                                              8,856 barrels        8,944 barrels      9,072 barrels         9,144 barrels
                       coefficient of expansion of .0008. The net amount of
                       cargo loaded is __________.




                                                                            Net tonnage is the      Net tonnage is
                                                                            gross tonnage less      tonnage of cargo   Net tonnage is the
                       What is the difference between net tonnage and gross                                                                  There is no
 2    970       A                                                           certain deductions      compared to        net weight of the
                       tonnage?                                                                                                              difference.
                                                                            for machinery and       tonnage of whole   ship.
                                                                            other areas.            ship.




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B             Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                       A journal kept by the officer of the watch in which day
 2    971       B      to day happenings are recorded regarding the deck         cargo record book      deck rough log       bell book              Official Logbook
                       department is the __________.




                                                                                 align the rudder       set the number of    set the departure
                       The "rudder adjustment" control on an autopilot           angle indicator with   degrees of rudder    from base course     set the rate at which
 2    972       B
                       steering stand is used to __________.                     the true rudder        per degree of        before actuating the the rudder responds
                                                                                 angle                  course error         rudder




                                                                                                        proportionally set
                                                                                                        the number of        set the null band or
                                                                                 allow leeway                                                     set the speed at
                       The "weather adjustment" control on an autopilot                                 degrees of rudder    dead zone signal
 2    973       C                                                                according to the                                                 which the rudder
                       steering stand is used to __________.                                            response per         before actuating the
                                                                                 weather conditions                                               responds
                                                                                                        degree of course     rudder
                                                                                                        error




                                                                                 change from hand       change over one      change over hand       change over the port
                       The "Port-Off-Stbd" selector switch on an autopilot
 2    974       B                                                                electric steering to   steering system to   electric steering to   to the starboard bow
                       steering stand is used to __________.
                                                                                 automatic gyro         the other            non-followup           thruster




                       The "Mode" selector switch on the autopilot steering
                                                                                 automatic pilot        hand-electric        non-followup
 2    975       D      stand is used to select any of the following with the                                                                        rudder adjustment
                                                                                 steering               steering             steering
                       EXCEPTION of __________.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A                 Answer B             Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




                       When the period of beam seas equals the natural                                                                                No change should
 2    976       C                                                                 Excessive pitching    Excessive yawing        Excessive rolling
                       rolling period of a vessel, what will most likely occur?                                                                       be evident




                       An ocean tow is sinking in deep water. Attempts to                            Radio for                  Slip the towline and Secure all watertight
                                                                                  Abandon the towing
 2    977       C      sever the towing hawser are unsuccessful. Which                               emergency                  allow it to run off the openings on the
                                                                                  vessel.
                       action should now be taken?                                                   assistance.                drum.                   towing vessel.




                                                                                                                                they may be issued
                       Anyone voluntarily surrendering their license to a U.S.    all title to the license                      a new license in 5
                                                                                                           their rights to a
 2    978       B      Coast Guard investigating officer signs a statement        is given up for 5                             years after passing   All of the above
                                                                                                           hearing are waived
                       indicating that __________.                                years                                         another written
                                                                                                                                examination




                       A cargo of oil has a coefficient of expansion of .0005
                       per degree F. If this cargo is loaded at 70°F, and a
 2    979       D      cargo temperature of 90°F is expected at the discharge 9,900                     9,990                   10,010                10,100
                       port, how many barrels would you expect to unload if
                       you loaded 10,000 barrels?




                       The perforated, elevated bottom of the chain locker,
                       which prevents the chains from touching the main
 2    980       D                                                                 cradle                draft                   harping               manger
                       locker bottom and allows seepage water to flow to the
                       drains, is called a __________.




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                               Answer A              Answer B               Answer C           Answer D           Illustration




                       When a vessel is entering or leaving a port, a record of
 2    981       A                                                               bell book            deck rough log        Official Logbook      engine rough log
                       engine speeds is kept in the __________.




                       The muster list must be posted in conspicuous                                 Coast Guard Officer
 2    982       D                                                               safety officer                           owner                   Master
                       locations and signed by the __________.                                       approving the bill




                       When a vessel is on autopilot steering, the "weather "
 2    983       A      control is adjusted to compensate for which severe       Yaw                  Roll                  Pitch                 Leeway
                       weather effect on a vessel?




                                                                                                                           alternating
                                                                                                                                                 either a clockwise or
                       To coil a right-laid rope, you should coil the line in                         a counterclockwise   clockwise and
 2    984       A                                                               a clockwise direction                                            counterclockwise
                       __________.                                                                    direction            counterclockwise
                                                                                                                                                 directions
                                                                                                                           directions




                       You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is
                                                                            call the engineroom signal the                 shift the selector
                       steering by hand reports that the rudder is not
 2    985       C                                                           and report that you engineroom to stop         switch to the other   call the Master
                       responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be
                                                                            have lost steering  the engines                steering system
                       to __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A            Answer B            Answer C              Answer D           Illustration




                       When running before a heavy sea, moving weights aft
 2    986       C                                                          reducing rolling        increasing rolling   reducing yawing      increasing yawing
                       will affect the handling of a vessel by __________.




                                                                                                   Shift the rudder     Put the rudder       Put the rudder over
                       What does the helm command "shift the rudder"           Stop the swing of   control to the       amidships and hold   to the opposite side,
 2    987       D
                       mean?                                                   the ship.           alternate steering   the heading steady   the same number of
                                                                                                   method.              as she goes.         degrees it is now.




                       You are loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0900
                       you find that you have loaded 207,000 barrels. At
 2    989       C      1030 you find that you have loaded 223,000 barrels. If 2100 that night      0730 the next day    0910 the next day    1215 the next day
                       you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at
                       approximately __________.




                       Freeboard is measured from the upper edge of the
 2    990       B                                                              bulwark             deck line            gunwale bar          sheer strake
                       __________.




                       When an azimuth of the Sun has been taken and the
                       deviation of the standard magnetic compass              in the vessel's     on the compass       in the compass
 2    991       C                                                                                                                            on a Napier diagram
                       computed, the watch officer should record the results   Official Logbook    deviation card       deviation log
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                             Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                Book Two
                                                                                                                                                            February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A             Answer B             Answer C               Answer D         Illustration



                       The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the
 2    992       B      salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference    29.49 numeral        31.97 numeral        33.61 numeral         35.12 numeral           BL-0002
                       Book to determine the sagging numeral.




                       Your vessel is docking, but not yet alongside. Which
 2    993       B      line will be the most useful when maneuvering the       Bow breast line      Bow spring line      Inshore head line     Offshore head line
                       vessel alongside the pier?




                                                                                                     should be coiled in a may be coiled either
                       Manila lines in which the strands are right-hand laid   should be coiled in a                                            should never be
 2    994       A                                                                                    counterclockwise      clockwise or
                       __________.                                             clockwise direction                                              coiled
                                                                                                     direction             counterclockwise




                       The maneuver which will return your vessel in the
                                                                               a single turn with   engine(s) crash
 2    995       A      shortest time to a person who has fallen overboard is                                             a Williamson Turn     two 180° turns
                                                                               hard rudder          astern, no turn
                       __________.




 2    996       D      With a following sea, a vessel will tend to __________. heave to             pound                reduce speed          yaw




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A         Answer B            Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                       When steering by hand, which of the following may be
                                                                                                                                        All the above may
 2    997       A      a functional input to the steering gear as a result of Non-followup     Rudder adjustment   Weather adjustment
                                                                                                                                        be activated
                       turning the wheel?




                       When steering on autopilot which of the following input
                                                                                                                                        All the above may
 2    998       A      conditions may NOT have an effect on the control of     Non-followup    Rudder adjustment   Weather adjustment
                                                                                                                                        be activated
                       the steering gear?




                       You are loading 530,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0945
                       on 13 April, you find that you have loaded 202,000
 2    999       D      barrels. At 1130, you find that you have loaded        1322, 13 April   1920, 13 April      1120, 14 April       1305, 14 April
                       223,000 barrels. If you continue at the same rate, you
                       will finish at __________.




                       The "Mode" selector switch can be positioned and       weather          hand-electric
 2    1000      A                                                                                                  automatic gyro       non-followup control
                       select all of the following EXCEPT __________.         adjustments      steering




                       Which is supplied to the vessel by the U.S. Coast
 2    1001      C                                                             Bell book        Cargo gear register Official Logbook     Rough Logbook
                       Guard?




                                                                                                                                                          Deck General
                                                                                                                                                             Book Two
                                                                                                                                                         February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A             Answer B               Answer C                Answer D         Illustration



                       While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel
                                                                                adjust the setting of adjust the setting of
                       has deviated 15 degrees from course and there is no                                                  immediately engage switch to the other
 2    1002      D                                                               the rudder            the weather
                       corrective rudder being applied. As a standard                                                       the trick wheel    steering system
                                                                                adjustment            adjustment
                       operating procedure you should _________.




                                                                                The storage          The storage            The ammunition
                       You are on a containership. The cargo includes a                                                                             No separation is
                                                                                batteries must be    batteries must be at   must be separated
                       container of small arms ammunition, a container of                                                                           required because
 2    1003      D                                                               stowed on deck       least ten horizontal   from the methyl
                       lead-acid storage batteries and a container of methyl                                                                        freight containers
                                                                                away from the        feet away from the     acetylene by at least
                       acetylene bottles. Which statement is TRUE?                                                                                  are exempted.
                                                                                ammunition.          methyl acetylene.      one hold.




                                                                                                                                                   increase in
                       Uncoiling manila line improperly can result in a(n)                                                  50% loss of
 2    1004      B                                                               number of fishhooks kink in the line                               deterioration of the
                       __________.                                                                                          efficiency of the line
                                                                                                                                                   line




                       Which device is designed to automatically hold the                            Electromagnetic
 2    1005      B                                                               Pneumatic brake                             Hand brake              Motor controller
                       load if power should fail to an electric winch?                               brake




                       Which action reduces the yawing of a vessel in a                              Pumping out tanks      Shifting weights to     Shifting weights to
 2    1006      D                                                               Increasing GM
                       following sea?                                                                aft                    the bow                 the stern




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A             Answer B             Answer C              Answer D        Illustration




                       When using the term "limber system" one is referring to                                            strengthening         weight reduction
 2    1007      B                                                              cleaning system       drainage system
                       a __________.                                                                                      system                system




                                                                                he/she permanently   it may be for
                       When anyone voluntarily deposits his/her license or                                                it must be for reason
                                                                                gives up rights to   reasons of mental or
 2    1008      B      document with a Coast Guard investigating officer                                                  of addiction to       All of the above
                                                                                the license or       physical
                       __________.                                                                                        narcotics
                                                                                document             incompetence




                       You are loading 475,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0800
                       on 8 July, you find that you have loaded 174,000
 2    1009      D      barrels. At 1000, you find that you have loaded          1752, 8 July         1940, 8 July         0143, 9 July          1727, 9 July
                       192,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the same
                       rate, you will finish at approximately __________.




                       When the longitudinal strength members of a vessel
 2    1010      B      are continuous and closely spaced, the vessel is         transversely framed longitudinally framed intermittently framed web framed
                       __________.




                       After your vessel has been involved in a casualty, you
                                                                                attorneys for                             U.S. Coast Guard
 2    1011      C      are required to make your logbooks, bell books, etc.,                         marine surveyors                           All of the above
                                                                                opposition parties                        officials
                       available to __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B            Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is
 2    1012      C                                                                after breast line     after spring line   offshore stern line   inshore stern line      D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                                                                                                       measure the
                                                                                 feel the surface of                                             open the strands
                       In order to detect rot in manila lines, you should                              reduction in         observe any mildew
 2    1014      D                                                                the line for broken                                             and examine the
                       __________.                                                                     circumference of the on the outer surface
                                                                                 fibers                                                          inner fibers
                                                                                                       line




                       The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the
 2    1015      D      salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference      71.07 numeral         74.95 numeral       77.56 numeral         78.29 numeral           BL-0003
                       to determine the sagging numeral.




                                                                                 Put the sea and                           Put the sea and       Put the bow directly
                       Your vessel is off a lee shore in heavy weather and       wind about two       Heave to in the      wind on either        into the sea and
 2    1016      A
                       laboring. Which action should you take?                   points on either bow trough of the sea.   quarter and proceed   proceed at full
                                                                                 and reduce speed.                         at increased speed.   speed.




                       Which U.S. Government agency can suspend or
                                                                                 American Bureau of                        U.S. Customs          U.S. Maritime
 2    1018      B      revoke a Merchant Mariner's license for violating the                        U.S. Coast Guard
                                                                                 Shipping                                  Service               Administration
                       load line act?




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                  Answer A              Answer B         Answer C             Answer D           Illustration



                       A tank holds 400 tons of sea water when filled. How
 2    1019      A      many tons of liquid of specific gravity 0.9300 will it hold 326.6                343.2             377.6                390.2
                       when filled to 90% capacity?




                                                                                  align the vessel's tail determine the   determine the        locate the vessel's
 2    1020      C      The Plimsoll mark on a vessel is used to __________.
                                                                                  shaft                   vessel's trim   vessel's freeboard   centerline




                       A vessel's Classification Certificate is issued by the     American Bureau of National Cargo       United States Coast United States
 2    1021      A
                       __________.                                                Shipping           Bureau               Guard               Customs




                       A natural fiber rope can be ruined by dampness
 2    1024      A                                                                 rot                   shrink            stretch              unlay
                       because it may __________.




                       When making way in heavy seas you notice that your
                                                                                                                                               shift the rudder back
                       vessel's screw is being lifted clear of the water and                                              move more weight
 2    1026      B                                                                 increase speed        decrease speed                         and forth several
                       racing. One way to correct this would be to                                                        forward
                                                                                                                                               times
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C             Answer D        Illustration




                       When cleaning a tank by the Butterworth process, you at the end of the        when the process is when the process is when the tank is
 2    1029      B
                       should begin to pump out the slops __________.       drop schedule            started             finished            clean




                       If an attempt is made to hoist a load that exceeds the
                                                                                when the line pull   after the line pull
                       capacity of an electric winch, an overload safety device                                            after a short build-up
 2    1030      B                                                               reaches the rated    exceeds the rated                            immediately
                       causes a circuit breaker to cut off the current to the                                              of torque
                                                                                winch capacity       winch capacity
                       winch motor __________.




                                                                                Award of official    Certificate of        Classification of Hull Safety Equipment
 2    1031      C      Which certificate is NOT issued by the Coast Guard?
                                                                                number               Inspection            and Machinery          Certificate




                       Each crewmember has an assigned firefighting station.                                               Certificate of
 2    1033      D                                                            fire fighting plan      shipping articles                          muster list
                       This assignment is shown on the __________.                                                         Inspection




                       You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing
                       vessel sailing coastwise. What percentage of the deck
 2    1034      B                                                            100%                    75%                   65%                  50%
                       crew must be able to understand the language
                       commonly used onboard the vessel?




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A               Answer B            Answer C               Answer D        Illustration




                                                                               Having the vessel   Running before a      Being turned         Having the vessel
 2    1036      C      What is meant by the term "broaching to"?
                                                                               head toward the sea sea                   broadside to the sea filled with water




                       After an IOPP Certificate is issued to an inspected
                       vessel, how many other surveys of the vessel's
 2    1037      D                                                              None                  One                 Two                     Three
                       pollution prevention equipment are conducted during
                       the period of validity of the certificate?




                                                                                                     The machines must
                                                                               Bonding wires are                                                 The water jets
                                                                                                     maintain physical   The water supply
                                                                               secured from the                                                  impinging on the
                       When cleaning cargo tanks with portable machines,                             contact with the    hoses contain
 2    1039      C                                                              machine to a                                                      vessel's structure
                       how is the machine grounded?                                                  deck at the         internal wires that
                                                                               convenient location                                               form a pathway to
                                                                                                     Butterworth         act as conductors
                                                                               on deck.                                                          ground.
                                                                                                     opening.




                       A well in the uppermost deck of a shelter deck vessel
                       which has only a temporary means of closing for the
 2    1040      D                                                              exemption space       tonnage deck        cofferdam               tonnage opening
                       purpose of gaining an exemption from tonnage
                       measurement is called a(n) __________.




                       The document on a vessel, annually endorsed by an
                                                                               Certificate of        Classification                              Seaworthy
 2    1041      C      American Bureau of Shipping surveyor, is called the                                               Load Line Certificate
                                                                               Inspection            Certificate                                 Certificate
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A               Answer B               Answer C                Answer D            Illustration


                                                                                                        The gross and net                              This is the
                                                                                                                               The line directly
                                                                                 This line represents   tonnage of the ship                            equivalent of a load
                                                                                                                               under the triangle is
                       Your vessel has the symbol shown inscribed on the         the load line mark     will change if this                            line marking for
 2    1042      B                                                                                                              at the same level as                              D022DG
                       sides amidships. Which statement is TRUE?                 for a Great Lakes      mark is submerged                              government (COE,
                                                                                                                               the summer load
                                                                                 voyage.                and the load line is                           NOAA, MSC)
                                                                                                                               line.
                                                                                                        visible.                                       vessels.




                       Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working
 2    1044      B                                                                4,000 lbs.             5,000 lbs.             20,000 lbs.             100,000 lbs.
                       load of a line with a breaking strain of 30,000 pounds.




                                                                                                        a centrifugal
                       If a hydraulic pump on a winch accidentally stops while a check valve will                                                      the control lever will
                                                                                                        counterweight          the electric pump
 2    1045      A      hoisting, the load will stay suspended because          close and prevent                                                       move to the stop
                                                                                                        counteracts the        motor will cut out
                       __________.                                             reverse circulation                                                     position
                                                                                                        force of gravity.




                       In a following sea, a wave has overtaken your vessel
                                                                                 use more right
 2    1046      A      and thrown the stern to starboard. To continue along                             use more left rudder increase speed            decrease speed
                                                                                 rudder
                       your original course, you should __________.




                       You are the person in charge of a vessel involved in a
                       marine casualty. You must notify the nearest Coast
 2    1048      C                                                             $ 1,500                   $10,000                $25,000                 $50,000
                       Guard Marine Inspection Office if the property damage
                       is over __________.




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A                  Answer B           Answer C                    Answer D        Illustration


                                                                                                        Attach the water                              Ground the fixed
                       You have water washed your cargo tanks using the         Ventilate the tank to   supply hose to the   Insure that the tanks    machines to
                       fixed machines. What should you do before using          eliminate any           portable machine     are not stripped until   eliminate any
 2    1049      A
                       portable machines to clean areas screened from the       electrostatically       after the cleaning   the final wash is        electrostatic buildup
                       wash of the fixed machine by structural members?         charged mist.           head is positioned   started.                 on the cleaning
                                                                                                        inside the tank.                              head.




                                                                                                     outer strake of                                  uppermost
                                                                                outboard strake of                        plate which sits atop
                                                                                                     plating on each side                             continuous strake of
 2    1050      A      The "margin plate" is the __________.                    plating on each side                      the center vertical
                                                                                                     of the main deck of                              plating on the shell
                                                                                of an inner bottom                        keel
                                                                                                     a vessel                                         of a vessel




                                                                         Within 24 hours                Within 48 hours      Within 48 hours and
                       A vessel arrives in San Francisco from a foreign
                                                                         after arrival,                 after arrival,       before all foreign  Within 24 hours
 2    1051      B      voyage. When MUST the Master make formal entry at
                                                                         Sundays and                    Sundays and          cargo is discharged after arrival
                       the custom house?
                                                                         holidays excepted              holidays excepted    for that port




                       A term used to describe the dip in a towline that acts
 2    1052      A                                                               catenary                step                 shock dip                bight
                       as a shock absorber is __________.




 2    1054      A      Which mooring line has the least elasticity?             Dacron                  Nylon                Esterlene                Polypropylene




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B               Answer C               Answer D           Illustration




                                                                                Running into head       Running in the        Running with           Anchored with your
 2    1056      B      In which situation could a vessel most easily capsize?
                                                                                seas                    trough                following seas         bow into the seas




                       The Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge                                                                         Temporary
                                                                             Application for            Change of
 2    1057      C      has expired. What certificate authorizes the barge to                                                  Permit to Proceed      Certificate of
                                                                             Inspection                 Employment
                       move to a repair facility for repair and inspection?                                                                          Inspection




                                                                                                                              The person in
                       The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must
                                                                                The owner of the        The Master of the     charge of the vessel Any one of the
 2    1058      D      notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
                                                                                vessel                  vessel                at the time of       above
                       Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible?
                                                                                                                              casualty



                                                                                Washing water
                                                                                                        The hoses to          The principal hazard
                                                                                should be                                                            Steam cleaning and
                                                                                                        portable cleaning     with steaming cargo
                                                                                recirculated if                                                      water washing are
                                                                                                        machines should be    tanks is raising the
                       You are cleaning the tanks after carrying a cargo of     possible because it                                                  both capable of
 2    1059      D                                                                                       disconnected before   ambient
                       crude oil. Which statement is TRUE?                      has the same                                                         generating
                                                                                                        the machines are      temperature above
                                                                                electric potential as                                                electrostatic charges
                                                                                                        removed from the      the flame point of
                                                                                the cargo tank being                                                 within a tank.
                                                                                                        tank.                 the cargo residue.
                                                                                cleaned.




                       You receive a package, for shipment aboard your                            note the                    replace the            seek the approval of
                                                                             refuse to accept the
 2    1060      A      vessel, containing Class 1 explosives. The package is                      exception(s) on the         packaging material     the USCG Captain
                                                                             package
                       damp, moldy and stained. You must __________.                              Bill of Lading              before stowage         of the Port




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A                 Answer B               Answer C               Answer D          Illustration


                       A vessel arrives at the port of San Francisco from                                 It must be declared    It must be declared
                                                                                                                                                        It must be declared
                       Yokohama, Japan. The passengers fill out the       It need not be                  on the same form       on another form
                                                                                                                                                        only if the other
 2    1061      B      Baggage Declaration and Entry form. A passenger    declared at this                and marked             entitled
                                                                                                                                                        vessel's name is
                       has baggage arriving on another vessel. How must   time.                           "Unaccompanied         "Continuation
                                                                                                                                                        known.
                       this baggage be handled for U.S. Customs purposes?                                 Baggage".              Sheet".




                       An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for
 2    1062      D                                                              6 months                   12 months              18 months              5 years
                       what period of time?




                       You have been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair rigged to
                                                                                 secure the tail of the   dip the bight of the   take a strain on the   secure the standing
                       a mast that you intend to paint. You are now
                                                                                 standing part            hauling part around    hauling part by        part of the gantline
                       supporting your weight by seizing the hauling part and
 2    1063      B                                                                leading from the         your back and up in    having it led to the   to the hauling part
                       the standing part of the gantline in one hand. Your
                                                                                 becket bend to the       front of you to form   gypsy head on a        by taking turns of
                       next procedure in securing the bosun's chair is to
                                                                                 mast                     the hitch              winch                  marlin and tying off
                       __________.




                       Which factor is most likely to impair the strength and                                                                           Washing with mild
 2    1064      C                                                                Dry rot                  Mildew                 Sunlight
                       durability of synthetic line?                                                                                                    soap




                                                                                                                                                        stop your engine
                       If your propeller is racing in rough weather, you should decrease your                                    increase your
 2    1066      A                                                                                         ignore it                                     until the rough
                       __________.                                              engine speed                                     engine speed
                                                                                                                                                        weather passes




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A                Answer B                 Answer C                Answer D            Illustration


                                                                                                                                  by taking several       by leading the bight
                                                                               for that sailor to feed   to lead the hauling      turns of the gantline   of the hauling part to
                       The normal and safest way for a sailor to be lowered in
                                                                               the hauling part          part to a cleat on the   on a winch drum         a rail and taking
 2    1067      A      a bosun's chair when descending vertically is
                                                                               through a bosun's         mast and slacking        and then lower the      several turns, then
                       __________.
                                                                               chair hitch               the sailor down          sailor by backing off   slacking away with
                                                                                                                                  on the winch            the bight




                                                                            Washing the tank                                 Removal of
                       Which step is NOT generally taken when gas-freeing a                              Application of
 2    1069      B                                                           interior with sea                                corrosion products           Fresh air ventilation
                       tank?                                                                             degreasing solvents
                                                                            water                                            and sludge




                       In some cases, the 50% duty on all foreign repairs
                                                                                Chipping, painting,                               Repairs due to          Repairs to the main
                       made to American flag merchant vessels may be                                     Repairs to hull
 2    1071      A                                                               and scaling by                                    damage done by          propulsion
                       remitted. Which work does NOT come under the                                      structural damage
                                                                                foreign labor                                     heavy weather           machinery
                       remitting policy of U.S. Customs?




                                                                                                                                                      by fairleading the
                                                                                for the sailor to pull   manually by two or       by taking the
                                                                                                                                                      gantline with a
                       The normal and safest way for a sailor in a bosun's      himself aloft and        three sailors            gantline to a winch
 2    1072      B                                                                                                                                     snatch block and
                       chair to be raised aloft is __________.                  then make fast with      heaving away on          drum and heaving
                                                                                                                                                      pulling with a cargo
                                                                                a bosun's chair hitch    deck                     away with the winch
                                                                                                                                                      runner




                       You are preparing to slush a stay on your vessel by
                                                                               with the pin of the   with the pin of the with a hook           connected to a
                       lowering yourself down the stay in a bosun's chair.
 2    1073      B                                                              shackle riding on the shackle through the attaching the chair second shackle on
                       The proper way to do this is to ride down the stay on a
                                                                               stay                  chair's bridle eye  to the riding shackle the chair
                       riding shackle __________.




                                                                                                                                                                          Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                             Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                         February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A             Answer B             Answer C             Answer D         Illustration



                                                                               pulling the end up                        uncoiling from the
                       A new coil of nylon line should be opened by                                 taking a strain on                         unreeling from a
 2    1074      D                                                              through the eye of                        outside with the coil
                       __________.                                                                  both ends                                  spool
                                                                               the coil                                  standing on end




                       You are standing wheelwatch on entering port, and the
                       Master gives you a rudder command that conflicts with                                             Ask the Pilot for    Bring the rudder to
 2    1075      B                                                            Obey the Pilot         Obey the Master
                       a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you                                                  guidance             midships
                       do?




                                                                               change course, in
                       You are underway in heavy weather and your bow is       order to take the
                                                                                                                                              secure all loose
 2    1076      B      into the seas. To prevent pounding, you should          seas at an 85        decrease speed       increase speed
                                                                                                                                              gear
                       __________.                                             degree angle from
                                                                               the bow




                                                                               Statement that the
                                                                                                                                              Statement as to the
                                                                               Master has taken
                       A seaman dies during a voyage. What is NOT                                   An inventory of the Statement of the      total deductions to
 2    1077      A                                                              custody of the
                       required to be entered into the Official Log?                                money and property wages due              be made from the
                                                                               deceased's MMD
                                                                                                                                              wages
                                                                               and passport




                       By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without          one year           two years            two years            two years
 2    1078      B      reasonable cause) to give aid in the case of collision is imprisonment or    imprisonment or      imprisonment or      imprisonment or
                       __________.                                               $500               $1000                $1500                $2000




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A              Answer B                Answer C              Answer D           Illustration



                       The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom
 2    1079      B      piping network of a tanker that connects one section of come-along           crossover               manifold              runaround
                       cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.




                                                                                                    compartment
                                                                                                                                                  space between two
                                                                                                    between the tank        inner side of the
 2    1080      A      The "inner bottom" is the __________.                  tank top                                                            transverse bottom
                                                                                                    top and shell of the    vessel's shell
                                                                                                                                                  frames
                                                                                                    vessel




                                                                                                                            file a report of the
                       You are Master of a U.S. flag vessel which was dry    file a customs' form                           dry docking with the obtain a U.S. Coast
 2    1081      A      docked for bottom cleaning in Rotterdam, Netherlands. for duty on this     file no extra reports     U.S.C.G. Officer in Guard diver to
                       Upon return to a U.S. port, you must __________.      repair                                         Charge, Marine       certify the work
                                                                                                                            Inspection




                       Which of the knots, bends, or hitches shown in the
 2    1083      D      illustration would you use to properly secure a bosun's G                    I                       Q                     R                        D030DG
                       chair to a gantline?




                                                                                                                                                  When riding a stay,
                                                                                                    Always have the         Any tools, paint pots
                                                                              Always secure the                                                   make sure that the
                       Which of the following statements concerning the                             chair hoisted with at   etc. should be
 2    1085      C                                                             gantline to the chair                                               bow of the shackle
                       rigging of bosuns' chairs and their use is TRUE?                             least three turns on    secured by
                                                                              with a bowline.                                                     passes through the
                                                                                                    a winch drum.           lanyards.
                                                                                                                                                  becket of the bridle.




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A               Answer B               Answer C           Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                      Sea on the lee         Sea on the weather
                       When taking a Pilot from a pilot vessel in a seaway,   Bow to the sea and                                                Sea on the quarter
                                                                                                      quarter with ship      bow and ship
 2    1086      C      which way should you head your vessel if the ladder is no way on your                                                    with sternway on the
                                                                                                      moving ahead           moving ahead
                       on the leeward side?                                   vessel                                                            ship
                                                                                                      slowly                 slowly




                                                                                                      outermost part of
                       The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by
 2    1087      A                                                               center of gravity     the ship while         bow                 tipping center
                       the __________.
                                                                                                      making the circle




                       As Master or person in charge, you must notify the
 2    1088      D      U.S. Coast Guard if an injury leaves a crewman unfit to 24 hours               48 hours               72 hours            Any amount of time
                       perform routine duties for more than __________.




                       The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom
                       piping network of a tank vessel that connects one
 2    1089      A                                                               crossover             runaround              come-along          manifold
                       section of cargo tanks to another section is called a
                       __________.




                                                                                                       permits easy
                                                                                is a deck fitting used                       prevents stress      provides openings
                                                                                                       jettisoning of deck
 2    1090      D      A chock __________.                                      to shackle gear to                           concentration in the through the bulwark
                                                                                                       cargo in an
                                                                                the deck                                     bulwark              for mooring lines
                                                                                                       emergency




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                               Answer A              Answer B               Answer C                Answer D            Illustration


                                                                                 When riding a stay,
                                                                                                                              The lowering hitch
                                                                                 make sure that the Always have the                               Always secure the
                       Which of the following statements concerning the                                                       should always be
 2    1091      B                                                                bow of the shackle chair hoisted                                 gantline to the chair
                       rigging and use of bosun's chairs is TRUE?                                                             made before getting
                                                                                 passes through the manually.                                     with a clove hitch.
                                                                                                                              into the chair.
                                                                                 becket of the bridle.




                       When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15                                                                                 No reply is
                                                                                 "Rudder is right 15                          "Right 15 degrees
 2    1092      C      degrees rudder," the helmsman's immediate reply                                 "Aye Aye Sir"                                  necessary, just carry
                                                                                 degrees"                                     rudder"
                       should be __________.                                                                                                          out the order.




                                                                                 guide the bosun's
                                                                                                       run paint or tools up keep a bosun's chair
                       When rigging a bosun's chair, a tail block or lizard is   chair down a stay                                                reeve the gantline
 2    1093      D                                                                                      to a sailor in a chair from swinging with
                       used to __________.                                       when applying a                                                  through
                                                                                                       with a heaving line the ship's motion
                                                                                 protective coating




                                                                                                                                                       Under load, nylon
                                                                              Nylon can stretch        Nylon can be
                                                                                                                              Nylon will part if it is will stretch and thin
                       Which statement is TRUE with respect to the elasticity over forty percent       elongated by one-
 2    1094      D                                                                                                             stretched any more out but will return to
                       of nylon mooring lines?                                without being in         hundred percent
                                                                                                                              than twenty percent. normal size when
                                                                              danger of parting.       before it will part.
                                                                                                                                                       free of tension.




                       Which of the knots, bends, or hitches shown in the
 2    1097      C      illustration would you use to properly secure a bosun's I                       P                      R                       X                         D030DG
                       chair to a gantline?




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B              Answer C             Answer D         Illustration



                       To allow for the rise or fall in tide and for change in   slings or saddles                          topping lifts and
                                                                                                      enough slack in their
 2    1099      B      draft of a tankship during cargo transfer, cargo hoses    placed at 25-foot (8                       runners tied off to   All of the above
                                                                                                      bight
                       must be suspended with __________.                        meter) intervals                           winches




                                                                                 Allow water which     Permit easy           Prevent the
                                                                                                                                                  Lighten the above
                       What is the purpose of the freeing ports on a vessel      may be shipped on     jettisoning of deck   formation of any
 2    1100      A                                                                                                                                 deck weight caused
                       with solid bulwarks?                                      deck to flow off      cargo in an           unusual stress
                                                                                                                                                  by a solid bulwark
                                                                                 rapidly               emergency             concentration points




                       A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan, to                                 You need NOT                                 You MUST declare
                                                                                 You need NOT
                       discharge cargo. The vessel contracts a local shipyard                         declare the cost of    You MUST declare the cost of labor, but
                                                                                 declare the cost of
 2    1101      C      to have the hull chipped and scaled. If the vessel                             labor, since this is   the cost of labor and no duty is charged
                                                                                 labor, since no duty
                       provides the primer and paint, which statement is                              considered ship's      pay duty.             since labor is
                                                                                 is involved.
                       TRUE?                                                                          personnel work.                              involved.




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is
 2    1102      C                                                                after breast line     after spring line     inshore stern line   offshore stern line    D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       What should you inspect to be sure that it is safe to go
 2    1103      D                                                               The gantline           The tail block        The chair and bridle All of the above
                       aloft in a bosun's chair?




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




                                                                                breaks down when
 2    1104      D      Nylon line can be dangerous because it __________.                             kinks when wet        is not elastic        stretches
                                                                                wet




                       You are rigging a stage over the ship's side to serve as
                                                                                                                                                either both to the
                       a working platform. For stability of the stage, the                                                 one to the inboard
                                                                                both to the inboard   both to the outboard                      inboard or both to
 2    1105      C      downhaul to one end of the stage and the downhaul to                                                and the other to the
                                                                                side of the stage     side of the stage                         the outboard side of
                       the other end, which are used for lowering the stage,                                               outboard
                                                                                                                                                the stage
                       should be led __________.




                                                                                                                            wearing both a life
                       A vessel is underway with a work stage rigged over the                    wearing a safety
                                                                                                                            jacket and a safety   the vessel is not
 2    1106      D      side. A seaman may work on the stage, but only when wearing a life jacket harness secured to
                                                                                                                            harness secured to    making way
                       __________.                                                               the stage
                                                                                                                            the stage




                       You are rigging a stage over the vessel's side and are
                                                                                                      coiled on the stage   coiled on the stage   coiled on deck to be
                       securing the downhaul with lowering turns at your end    lowered down into
 2    1107      A                                                                                     with the bitter end   with the bitter end   slacked down by a
                       of the stage. When finished, the remainder of the line   the water
                                                                                                      on the bottom         on top                seaman as needed
                       should be __________.




                                                                                                      laying out an excess tying off the topping
                       Pinching of the cargo hose between the vessel and the adjusting the hose
 2    1109      A                                                                                     length of hose on    lifts and runners to All of the above
                       dock should be prevented by __________.               supports
                                                                                                      deck                 winch heads




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A              Answer B              Answer C                Answer D         Illustration



                                                                                                                          protect against
                                                                                                    prevent stress
                                                                              help keep the deck                          twisting forces       reinforce the side
 2    1110      A      One function of a bulwark is to __________.                                  concentrations on
                                                                              dry                                         exerted on the        stringers
                                                                                                    the stringer plate
                                                                                                                          frame of the vessel




                       A vessel sailing from Liverpool to New York puts into
                       Boston, Mass. for emergency repairs. If no inward                            Inward Foreign
 2    1111      C                                                               Customs Manifest                          Pro Forma Manifest Traveling Manifest
                       foreign cargo is to be discharged at that port, which of                     Manifest
                       the following documents is required?




                       What is an advantage of the 6X37 class of wire rope
                                                                                                    More resistance to    More resistance to    Lower weight per
 2    1112      A      over the 6X19 class of wire rope of the same           Greater flexibility
                                                                                                    corrosion             elongation            foot
                       diameter?




                       What type of stopper would you use on a nylon
 2    1114      B                                                             Chain                 Nylon                 Manila                Wire
                       mooring line?




                                                                              swing wide and                              make your approach    point the vessel's
                       On a single-screw vessel, when coming port side to a                        approach the pier on
                                                                              approach the pier so                        at a greater angle    head well up into the
 2    1116      C      pier and being set off the pier, you should                                 a parallel course at
                                                                              as to land starboard                        than in calm          slip and decrease
                       __________.                                                                 reduced speed
                                                                              side to                                     weather               your speed




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                            Question                                  Answer A             Answer B                Answer C          Answer D         Illustration




                       The knot used to form the bridle at the standing part of
 2    1117      D                                                               sheet bend                carrick bend           fisherman's bend   bowline
                       a gantline rigged to a stage is a __________.




                       A single fitting installed in a pipeline that either blanks
                                                                                                                                 quick-release
 2    1119      D      off the pipe or allows a full flow passage of a liquid        blind flange         pivot coupling                            spectacle flange
                                                                                                                                 coupling
                       through the pipe is referred to as a __________.




                                                                                     over the bow or      over the flat sides of
 2    1120      C      A stage should only be rigged __________.                                                                 over the open water over the dockside
                                                                                     stern of a vessel    a vessel




                       What should be readily available on deck while
 2    1121      A                                                                    Ring buoy            Fire extinguisher      First aid kit      Stokes basket
                       seamen are working over the side on a stage?




                                                                                                                                 provide openings
                                                                                     prevent stress       permit easy jettison                      allow water shipped
                       Freeing ports on a vessel with solid bulwarks                                                             through the
 2    1122      D                                                                    concentration in the of deck cargo in an                       on deck to flow off
                       __________.                                                                                               bulwarks for
                                                                                     bulwark              emergency                                 rapidly
                                                                                                                                 mooring lines




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D           Illustration



                       On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from
                                                                                                                           the International     Radio Aids to
                       your vessel's operators saying that your vessel has
 2    1123      D                                                           the Light List           the Coast Pilot       Code of Signals       Navigation (PUB
                       been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. Further
                                                                                                                           (PUB 102)             117)
                       information is contained in __________.




                                                                               about one-third of    about two-thirds of
                       The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is
 2    1125      A                                                              the vessel's length   the vessel's length   at the hawsepipe      near the stern
                       __________.
                                                                               from the bow          from the bow




                       You are approaching a pier and intend to use the port   the current was       another vessel is     the wind was          there is shallow
 2    1126      D      anchor to assist in docking port side to. You would     setting you on the    berthed ahead of      blowing from the      water enroute to the
                       NOT use the anchor if __________.                       pier                  your position         starboard side        berth




                                                                                                     the person about
                       All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by                                               one other crew        No other signature
 2    1127      C                                                              the Chief Engineer    whom the entry
                       the Master and __________.                                                                          member                is required.
                                                                                                     concerns




                                                                                                                                                 discharge liquid left
                                                                               maintain the          dispose of
                                                                                                                           increase the loading in the cargo tanks
                       The main function of a stripping system is to           temperature of the    dangerous vapors
 2    1129      D                                                                                                          rate of the shoreside after the main
                       __________.                                             cargo throughout      within the cargo
                                                                                                                           pumps                 pumps have
                                                                               the vessel            tanks
                                                                                                                                                 discharged the bulk




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                              Answer A             Answer B               Answer C              Answer D         Illustration




                       The fittings used to secure a watertight door are known
 2    1130      C                                                              clamps               clasps                dogs                   latches
                       as __________.




                       U.S. Customs, upon boarding a vessel desiring entry
 2    1131      D                                                              Cargo Manifest       Certified Crew List   Stores List            All of the above
                       into a U.S. port, would inspect which document?




                                                                               at the end of the                          ONLY when              15 minutes before
 2    1132      C      A lookout can leave his station __________.                                  at any time
                                                                               watch                                      properly relieved      the end of the watch




                                                                                                                                                 pass the downhaul
                                                                                                    take 2 or 3 round     take 2 round turns
                                                                                                                                                 through the bridle
                                                                                take only figure    turns around the      around the stage
                       To properly rig the downhaul to your stage for lowering,                                                                  formed by the
 2    1133      B                                                               eights around the   stage and then        and then dip the
                       you must __________.                                                                                                      standing part and
                                                                                horns               belay the downhaul    third turn to form a
                                                                                                                                                 then take round
                                                                                                    around the horns      clove hitch
                                                                                                                                                 turns




                       The critical point in nylon line elongation is about
 2    1134      C                                                              20%                  30%                   40%                    50%
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A            Answer B               Answer C                Answer D           Illustration




                       What equipment is customarily used when seamen are
 2    1135      D                                                           Jacob's ladder          Manropes               Heaving lines           All of the above
                       working on a stage rigged over the side of a vessel?




                       Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier without the
                       assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most
 2    1136      B                                                               Bow breast line     Bow spring line        Inshore head line       Stern breast line
                       useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the
                       pier?




                                                                                                     to allow the seamen   to provide the          only for short
                       When lowering manropes alongside a stage rigged          to easily remove the on the stage to       seaman something        periods of time since
 2    1137      C      over the side of a vessel, they should be allowed to     kinks that form in   know the direction    to hold onto if he or   they will become
                       trail in the water __________.                           the lines            and strength of the   she falls from the      waterlogged and be
                                                                                                     current               stage into the water    very heavy to pull up




                       A vessel arrives in the port of Los Angeles from a
                                                                                                 Inward Foreign
 2    1138      D      foreign port and discharges some of its inward foreign Discharge Manifest                           Pro Forma Manifest Traveling Manifest
                                                                                                 Manifest
                       cargo. What additional manifest is required?




                                                                                                                           about one-third of      about two-thirds of
                       The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is
 2    1139      C                                                               near the stern      at the hawsepipe       the vessel's length     the vessel's length
                       __________.
                                                                                                                           from the bow            from the bow




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A             Answer B           Answer C                Answer D         Illustration



                       In a transversely framed ship, the transverse frames
 2    1140      D      are supported by all of the following EXCEPT           girders              longitudinals      side stringers         web plates
                       __________.




                       A vessel has arrived in a U.S. port from a foreign
                       voyage. Preliminary entry has been made. Formal
 2    1141      C      entry at the U.S. Custom House must be made within     12                   24                 48                     72 without exception
                       how many hours after arrival (Sundays and holidays
                       excepted)?




                       The hitch used to secure the standing part of a
 2    1142      A                                                             marlinespike hitch   clove hitch        blackwall hitch        Killick hitch
                       gantline to the horns of a stage is a __________.




                       When rigging a stage, the standing part should be
                                                                                                                                             Double blackwall
 2    1143      C      fastened to the horns of a stage with which of the     Clove hitch          Timber hitch       Marlinespike hitch
                                                                                                                                             hitch
                       following hitches?




                       You are on watch at night in clear visibility and the                                                                 lower the
                                                                                                   take bearings to   turn off the running
                       vessel has just been anchored. The first thing that you                                                               accommodation
 2    1145      B                                                              stop the engines    obtain ship's      lights and turn on
                       should do after the anchor has been let go is to                                                                      ladder and
                                                                                                   position           the anchor lights
                       __________.                                                                                                           illuminate it




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D          Illustration


                       While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a
                                                                                                  Slip the stern lines,                        Obtain assistance
                       sudden gale force wind causes the vessel's bow lines
                                                                              Call the Master and let the vessel drift    Let go the starboard and attempt to put
 2    1146      C      to part. The bow begins to fall away from the dock,
                                                                              the deck gang.      into the river, and     anchor.              some new bow lines
                       and no tugs are immediately available. Which
                                                                                                  then anchor.                                 out.
                       measure(s) should you take FIRST?




                       You are on watch and the pilot has just anchored the                        escort the pilot to
                                                                                                                       plot the vessel's     make a round of the
 2    1147      C      vessel. The next thing that you should do after the    stop the engines     the accommodation
                                                                                                                       position on the chart weather decks
                       anchor has been let go is to __________.                                    ladder




                       The document which acknowledges that the cargo has
                                                                                                   Hatch Report and
 2    1148      A      been received and is in the carrier's custody is called Dock Receipt                               Cargo Manifest        Stowage Plan
                                                                                                   Recapitulation
                       the __________.




                                                                                                   only show the          maintain water on     show anchor lights,
                                                                              show running lights, required anchor        deck with firehoses   deck lights and
                       You are on anchor watch. As an aid to preventing
 2    1149      D                                                             anchor lights and    lights and keep the    led out and all-      cargo lights hung
                       thievery on the vessel you should __________.
                                                                              deck lights          rest of the vessel     purpose nozzles       over the vessel's
                                                                                                   darkened               attached              side



                                                                                                                                               uniform over the
                                                                                                                                               length of the vessel,
                                                                                                                                               with the exception of
                                                                              greater at the bow   reduced at the bow     uniform over the
 2    1150      B      In ship construction, frame spacing is __________.                                                                      the machinery
                                                                              and stern            and stern              length of the vessel
                                                                                                                                               spaces, where it is
                                                                                                                                               reduced due to
                                                                                                                                               increased stresses




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A                Answer B             Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                       The term used in levying customs duties when such
 2    1151      A      are fixed at rates proportioned to estimated value of     ad valorem             infinite              secure               specific
                       goods concerned is __________.




                                                                                                                                                   The propeller is
                                                                                                                              There is no
                       What affect does shallow water have on a vessel's         The stopping           The stopping                               more effective when
 2    1153      B                                                                                                             difference in the
                       stopping distance?                                        distance is shorter.   distance is longer.                        going astern in
                                                                                                                              stopping distance.
                                                                                                                                                   shallow water.




 2    1154      A      Which line would be least likely to kink?                 Braided                Left-handed laid      Right-handed laid    Straight laid




                                                                                 Water depth of less Water depth of less Under keel           Under keel
                       In the context of shiphandling, what would be the
 2    1155      A                                                                than twice a vessel's than 1½ times a   clearance of twice a clearance of less
                       definition of shallow water?
                                                                                 draft                 vessel's draft    vessel's draft       than 10 feet




                                                                                 when the wind is       with the current
 2    1156      C      The best time to work a boat into a slip is __________.                                                at slack water       with a cross current
                                                                                 against you            setting against you




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A           Answer B              Answer C              Answer D           Illustration




                       What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your
 2    1157      B                                                                "Steady"          "Passing 150°"        "Checked"             "Eased to 5° rudder"
                       head"?




                       A vessel loads 100 tons of glass jars. The mate on
                       watch discovers that some of the cartons have been       Damage Bill of                           Non-negotiable Bill   Unclean Bill of
 2    1158      D                                                                                  Letter of Indemnity
                       damaged and has an exception made on the Bill of         Lading                                   of Lading             Lading
                       Lading. What is this document called?




                       Which product is most likely to accumulate static
 2    1159      C                                                               Crude oil          Hard asphalt          Lubricating oil       Residual fuel oil
                       electricity?




                       In a longitudinally-framed ship, the longitudinal frames
 2    1160      D      are held in place and supported by athwartship           floors             margin plates         stringers             web frames
                       members called __________.




                       The document that the Master uses to attest to the                                                                      Shipper's
 2    1161      B                                                               Master's Protest   Oath of Entry         Owner's Oath
                       truth of the manifest of cargo is called __________.                                                                    Certification




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A                 Answer B             Answer C                 Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                                                 It remains constant
                       How does a vessel's rate of turn change when entering
 2    1162      C                                                            It is faster.              It is slower.        There is no change. for varying propeller
                       shallow water?
                                                                                                                                                 revolutions.




                                                                               Fixed objects that
                                                                                                                                                   Keep the fixed
                                                                               stay on the same         Visual references
                                                                                                                            Begin the turn when object's relative
                       When piloting a vessel, how are visual references       relative bearing         cannot be used to
 2    1163      A                                                                                                           the fixed object is on bearing opening, for
                       used to establish a constant rate of turn?              when the ship is         maintain a constant
                                                                                                                            the beam.              a constant rate of
                                                                               turning indicate a       rate of turn.
                                                                                                                                                   turn.
                                                                               constant rate of turn.




 2    1164      D      Which type of line floats?                              Dacron                   Nylon                Old manila               Polypropylene




                       The Muster List ("Station Bill") shows each person's                             instructions for     the time each
                                                                               all emergency
 2    1165      A      lifeboat station, duties during abandonment, basic                               lowering the         weekly drill will be     work schedule
                                                                               signals
                       instructions, and __________.                                                    lifeboats            held




                       A vessel will "squat" when it proceeds underway                                  only in shallow                               only in narrow
 2    1167      C                                                              only in deep water                            in all depths of water
                       __________.                                                                      water                                         channels




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A             Answer B                Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                       A vessel has completed loading cargo in the port of
                       San Francisco. What document is signed by the
 2    1168      B                                                             Bill of Goods            Bill of Lading          Cargo Manifest        Cargo Receipt
                       Master stating the terms that goods were delivered and
                       received by the ship?




                                                                                  spraying or
                                                                                                       settling of solids or   flow of petroleum
 2    1169      D      Static electricity may be built up by the __________.      splashing of                                                       All of the above
                                                                                                       water in petroleum      through pipes
                                                                                  petroleum




                       Transverse frames are more widely spaced on a ship         centerline system of isometric system of     longitudinal system   transverse system
 2    1170      C
                       that is designed with the __________.                      framing              framing                 of framing            of framing




                                                                                  Animal and Plant
                       If you intend to land tulip bulbs from Holland in a U.S.                        Captain of the Port
 2    1171      A                                                                 Health Service                               Quarantine Officer    All of the above
                       port, they must be inspected by the __________.                                 personnel
                                                                                  Inspector




                       You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a
                       buoy four points on the bow to gauge your rate of turn. Increase the rate of Decrease the rate of Maintain a constant
 2    1172      A                                                                                                                            Decrease speed
                       If you observe the buoy moving aft relative to you, what turn                turn                 rate of turn
                       should you do?




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                            Answer A             Answer B             Answer C             Answer D           Illustration



                       You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a
                       buoy four points on the bow to gauge your rate of turn. Increase the rate of Decrease the rate of Maintain a constant
 2    1173      B                                                                                                                            Increase speed
                       If you observe the buoy moving forward relative to you, turn                 turn                 rate of turn
                       what should you do?




                       Compared to manila line, size for size, nylon line    has less strength    has more strength    is equivalent to     will rot quicker than
 2    1174      B
                       __________.                                           than manila line     than manila line     manila line          manila line




                       You have arrived at your anchorage location. You
                                                                                                  The backwash of      An azimuth bearing
                       have put the engines astern prior to letting go the   The ship's Doppler
 2    1175      B                                                                                 the propeller        on the beam        All of the above
                       anchor. How will you know when the vessel has         log reads zero
                                                                                                  reaches amidships    remains steady
                       stopped making way?




                       You have arrived at your anchorage location. You
                                                                                                  The backwash of      An azimuth bearing
                       have put the engines astern prior to letting go the   The ship's log reads
 2    1176      C                                                                                 the propeller        on the beam        All of the above
                       anchor. How will you know when the vessel has         zero
                                                                                                  reaches amidships    remains steady
                       stopped over the ground?




                       A "Mediterranean moor" should be used when            when anchoring in    when docking stern when docking bow       when anchoring in a
 2    1177      B
                       __________.                                           the Mediterranean    to a berth         to a berth             strong current




                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                  Answer A                 Answer B               Answer C          Answer D          Illustration



                       A shipper of cargo aboard your vessel offers a letter of
                                                                                                                                 Straight Bill of    Through Bill of
 2    1178      A      indemnity for the cargo. This is done in order to obtain Clean Bill of Lading Order Bill of Lading
                                                                                                                                 Lading              Lading
                       a(n) __________.




                                                                                                                                                     hoses are
                       The most likely time for oil pollution while bunkering is   final topping off is     first starting to    hoses are being
 2    1179      A                                                                                                                                    disconnected and
                       when __________.                                            occurring                receive fuel         blown down
                                                                                                                                                     being capped




                       The regulations require that inspected vessels on an                                                     12 hand
                                                                                                                                                     6 hand red flares,
                       international voyage, other than small passenger                                     12 rocket parachute combination flares
 2    1180      B                                                                  12 hand red flares                                                and 6 hand orange
                       vessels, must carry which of the following distress                                  flares              and orange smoke
                                                                                                                                                     smoke signals
                       signals on or near the navigating bridge?                                                                signals




                       Uncleared crew curios remaining on board during a                                                         noted in the        retained under
                                                                                   listed in the Official   cleared prior to the
 2    1181      C      domestic coastwise voyage after returning from                                                            Traveling Curio     locked security by
                                                                                   Logbook                  next foreign voyage
                       foreign should be __________.                                                                             Manifest            the owner




                       Your vessel must moor port side to a berth limited by
                       vessels ahead and astern using a single tug. You are
 2    1182      D      stemming a slight current and there is a light breeze of stern on a hawser           quarter              waist               bow
                       the dock. Your tug should be made up to the vessel's
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                        Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                           Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                       February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A              Answer B              Answer C             Answer D        Illustration




                       Which towing equipment can be used to prevent the
 2    1183      C                                                             Bridles               Chafing boards        Gob ropes            Drogues
                       tripping of a tug?




                                                                              pulling the end up    uncoiling from the
                       A new coil of nylon line should be opened by                                                       taking a strain on   unreeling from a
 2    1184      D                                                             through the eye of    outside with the coil
                       __________.                                                                                        both ends            spool
                                                                              the coil              standing on end




                       As shown, the mooring line labeled "C" is called a
 2    1185      C                                                             stern line            spring line           breast line          shore line            D044DG
                       __________.




                       Which term describes a rope in which three right-
 2    1186      D                                                             Soft-laid             Hard-laid             Shroud laid          Hawser-laid
                       handed strands are laid up left-handed?




                       You are taking the bow line from the port bow of a
                       large vessel that is underway when the stern of your
                                                                              stop engines and
                       tug comes in contact with the vessel. The forward                                                  go full ahead with   go full ahead with
                                                                              the vessel's wake     go full astern with
 2    1187      B      motion of both vessels causes your tug to be turned                                                the rudder hard over the rudder
                                                                              will push you clear   rudder amidships
                       toward the other vessel and contact the stem thereby                                               to starboard         amidships
                                                                              of the bow
                       being "stemmed". You should immediately
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A                Answer B                Answer C              Answer D           Illustration




                       An implied warranty of seaworthiness on the part of the                        Certificate of          Classification        contract of carriage,
 2    1188      D                                                              Cargo Manifest
                       vessel's owner lies in the __________.                                         Inspection              Certificate           i.e. Bill of Lading




                       When bunkering is complete, the hoses should be        cleaned internally      washed out with hot drained, blanked off, stowed vertically
 2    1189      C
                       __________.                                            with a degreaser        soapy water         and stored securely and allowed to drain




                       A normal safe working load for used nylon rope in      10% of its breaking     25% of its breaking     33% of its breaking   50% of its breaking
 2    1190      B
                       good condition is __________.                          strain                  strain                  strain                strain




                                                                              The gob rope is a
                                                                              mooring line for
                                                                                                      The gob rope is         The gob rope is a     The gob rope is a
                                                                              tying up lighters for
                       Which statement is TRUE about the use of a "gob                                used to secure the      line hung over a      rope used in
 2    1191      B                                                             working cargo
                       rope"?                                                                         towline aft over the    vessel's side to      mooring a vessel to
                                                                              alongside a vessel
                                                                                                      centerline of a tug..   assist in boarding.   a buoy.
                                                                              anchored in an open
                                                                              roadstead.




                       A person has fallen overboard and is being picked up
                                                                              an approach from        an approach from        the most direct       an approach across
 2    1192      C      with a lifeboat. If the person appears in danger of
                                                                              leeward                 windward                approach              the wind
                       drowning, the lifeboat should make __________.




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A            Answer B               Answer C            Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                                           is easier to use
                       The main advantage of a Chinese stopper over the       will not jam on the                                              is safer to use when
 2    1193      A                                                                                   is stronger            when under heavy
                       one line stopper is that it __________.                mooring line                                                     under heavy tension
                                                                                                                           tension




 2    1194      D      What type of line melts easiest?                       Wire                  Dacron                 Nylon               Polypropylene




                       Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a
                                                                              unseaworthiness                                                  mismanagement of
 2    1195      A      vessel will be liable for damage to a cargo when the                         insufficient packing   quarantine delays
                                                                              when sailing                                                     the vessel
                       damage arises from __________.




                       You are landing a single-screw vessel, with a right-
                                                                                                                                               head into the wind,
                       hand propeller, starboard side to the dock. When you   lose headway          turn her bow toward turn her bow away
 2    1196      B                                                                                                                              regardless of the
                       have approached the berth and back the engine, you     without swinging      the dock            from the dock
                                                                                                                                               side the wind is on
                       would expect the vessel to __________.




                       The most probable position of the object of a search at                                                                 dead-reckoning
 2    1198      A                                                              datum position       incident position      reported position
                       any given time is the __________.                                                                                       position




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A            Answer B               Answer C            Answer D         Illustration



                       Your vessel's operators send a message that your
                                                                                                  the International      Radio Aids to
                       vessel has been consigned to Voluntary Naval Control
 2    1200      C                                                           the Light List        Code of Signals        Navigation (PUB     the Coast Pilot
                       of Shipping. The message will refer you to
                                                                                                  (PUB 102)              117)
                       __________.




                       When clearing customs for a foreign voyage, which of
                                                                                                  Traveling Curio                            Cargo Gear
 2    1201      A      the following is processed at the custom's house and   Shipping Articles                          Official Logbook
                                                                                                  Manifest                                   Register
                       returned to the vessel?




                       Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a
                                                                                                  lack of ventilation in                     an error in
 2    1202      B      vessel will be liable for damage to cargo when the     an act of war                              perils of the sea
                                                                                                  transit                                    navigation
                       damage arises from __________.




                       Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids may                                             thirty (30) day's
 2    1203      B                                                            one day's notice     no notice                                  a week's notice
                       be temporarily suspended with __________.                                                         notice




                       You are landing a single-screw vessel with a left-
                       handed propeller, starboard side to the dock. As you
                                                                              lose headway        turn its bow towards turn its stern        drift away from the
 2    1206      C      approach the dock you back your engine with your
                                                                              without swinging    the dock             towards the dock      dock
                       rudder amidships. You would expect the vessel to
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A         Answer B             Answer C              Answer D         Illustration




                                                                                                                                              light displacement
 2    1207      C      The Tonnage Certificate indicates __________.             deadweight tons   displacement tons    net tons
                                                                                                                                              tons




                                                                                                                         take 3 round turns   alternate round
                                                                                                   take 2 round turns
                       When making a wire fast to bitts it is recommended        use only figure                         around both bitts,   turns and figure
 2    1208      C                                                                                  around one bitt, then
                       that you __________.                                      eights                                  then make figure     eights around both
                                                                                                   make figure eights
                                                                                                                         eights               bitts




                       When cargo is being worked using a Burton or married
 2    1209      C      fall system, which part of the cargo gear is most likely Boom               Gooseneck            Guy tackle            Topping lift
                       to fail?




                       To rigidly fasten together the peak frames, the stem,
                       and the outside framing, a horizontal plate is fitted
 2    1210      B                                                                apron plate       breasthook           intercostal plate     joiner
                       across the forepeak of a vessel. This plate is known
                       as a(n) __________.




                       When clearing a vessel for a foreign voyage, the
                                                                                                                                              Public Health
 2    1211      B      original crew list is duly certified by proper authority. In Coast Guard    Customs              Immigration Service
                                                                                                                                              Service
                       a U.S. port, this authority is the U.S. __________.




                                                                                                                                                               Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                  Book Two
                                                                                                                                                              February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B               Answer C             Answer D       Illustration



                       What is NOT characteristic of the conditions which
                       would be experienced by a vessel located southeast of
 2    1212      A                                                            Falling barometer        A westerly wind        Lowering clouds      Rain or snow
                       an approaching eastward-moving storm center on the
                       Great Lakes?




                       What minimum size manila line is required to hold a
 2    1213      B                                                               2.0"                  2.5"                   3.0"                 3.5"
                       weight of 932 pounds, if you use a safety factor of six?




                                                                                                                             A normal safe
                                                                                Manila line will      Nylon line is                               Nylon stoppers
                                                                                                                             working load will
 2    1214      D      Which statement is TRUE about nylon line?                usually last longer   excellent for use in                        should be used with
                                                                                                                             stretch nylon line
                                                                                than nylon line.      alongside towing.                           nylon line.
                                                                                                                             50%.




                                                                                                      To quickly connect
                                                                                To prevent the tug
                                                                                                      or release a tow,    To facilitate berthing
 2    1215      D      What is an advantage in the use of a towing hook?        from becoming                                                     All of the above
                                                                                                      especially a sinking maneuvers
                                                                                tripped
                                                                                                      tow




                       It is easier to dock a right-hand, single-screw vessel   starboard side to the either side to the     port side to the
 2    1216      C                                                                                                                                 stern to the wharf
                       __________.                                              wharf                 wharf                  wharf




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A              Answer B               Answer C               Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                   draw a line through      draw several lines     completely black out
                       The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is   erase the entry and the entry, rewrite,      through the entry,     the entry, rewrite,
 2    1217      B
                       to _________.                                           rewrite             and initial the          rewrite, and initial   and initial the
                                                                                                   correction               the correction         correction




 2    1218      A      Which is a negotiable document?                         Bill of Lading        Cargo Manifest         Export Declaration     Receiving Report




                                                                                                                        Society of Naval
                       Who certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on                        American Bureau of                            National Cargo
 2    1220      B                                                             U.S. Coast Guard                          Architects and
                       a vessel?                                                                     Shipping                                      Bureau
                                                                                                                        Marine Engineers




                                                                                                     you took on no new     you did not
                                                                               all the cargo on                                                    you did not load any
                                                                                                     cargo in Charleston,   discharge any cargo
                       Your vessel is in Charleston, S.C. You need not clear   board is of U.S.                                                    cargo in Charleston
 2    1221      A                                                                                    S.C. and are bound     in Charleston and
                       Customs if __________.                                  origin and destined                                                 and are bound for
                                                                                                     for Puerto Rico and    are bound for
                                                                               for New York                                                        Halifax
                                                                                                     thence foreign         Panama




                       Who certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on American Bureau of National Cargo
 2    1222      A                                                                                                           U.S. Coast Guard       None of the above
                       a vessel?                                              Shipping           Bureau




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A             Answer B               Answer C                 Answer D           Illustration




                       The organization that certifies the safe working load of                        National Cargo
 2    1223      A                                                               classification society                      U.S. Coast Guard         none of the above
                       cargo cranes on a vessel is the __________.                                     Bureau




                                                                         Nylon lines which
                                                                                                     Manila line stoppers   When easing out          Iced-over nylon lines
                                                                         become slippery
                       Which is NOT a recommended practice when handling                             should be used for     nylon line, keep an      should be thawed
 2    1224      B                                                        because of oil or
                       nylon line?                                                                   holding nylon          extra turn on the bitt   and drained before
                                                                         grease should be
                                                                                                     hawsers.               to prevent slipping.     stowing.
                                                                         scrubbed down.




                       You are docking a vessel starboard side to with the
                       assistance of two tugs. You are attempting to hold the
                                                                                steerageway is not   the bow doesn't        the bow closes the       the ship has no
 2    1226      D      vessel off by operating both tugs at right angles to the
                                                                                taken off            close the dock first   dock first               headway at the time
                       vessel and at full power. You must ensure that
                       __________.




                       You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is
                                                                            shift the selector       signal the
                       steering by hand reports that the rudder is not
 2    1227      A                                                           switch to the other      engineroom to stop     call the engineroom call the Master
                       responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be
                                                                            steering pump            the engines
                       to __________.




                                                                                                                            the Export
 2    1228      A      A cargo exception would appear on __________.           a Bill of Lading      the cargo manifest                              a Letter of Indemnity
                                                                                                                            Declaration




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                             Answer A              Answer B               Answer C              Answer D            Illustration

                                                                                                                          They are built of
                                                                                                                          structural frames
                                                                                                   They may have
                                                                                                                          connected by angle
                                                                             They must be          lightening, limber, or                        They are lighter than
 2    1230      B      Which statement concerning solid floors is TRUE?                                                   struts and stiffeners,
                                                                             watertight.           air holes cut into                            open floors.
                                                                                                                          with flanged plate
                                                                                                   them.
                                                                                                                          brackets at each
                                                                                                                          end.




                                                                             The property saved The salvors must
                                                                                                                        The salvage service The property must
 2    1231      B      What is NOT a requirement for a salvage claim?        must be "maritime  save or attempt to
                                                                                                                        must be voluntary. be in peril.
                                                                             property."         save any life in peril.




                       You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is                         signal the
                                                                            check that the wheel                         set the "Mode"
                       steering by hand reports that the rudder is not                             engineroom to                              switch to the other
 2    1232      D                                                           is firmly connected                          switch to "Auto" and
                       responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be                        "Standby the                               steering pump
                                                                            to the shaft                                 steer by auto-pilot
                       to __________.                                                              Engines"




                                                                                                                         tell the helmsman to
                       You are on watch while your vessel is entering port                                                                      repeat the Pilot's
                                                                                                   ask the Pilot to      ask the Pilot to
                       with a pilot conning. The pilot gives a steering                                                                         command and
                                                                                                   repeat the command    repeat any
 2    1233      D      command to the helmsman who fails to acknowledge it notify the Master                                                    ensure that the
                                                                                                   since the helmsman    command that he
                       by repeating the command. You should immediately                                                                         helmsman repeats it
                                                                                                   failed to hear it     fails to hear or
                       __________.                                                                                                              exactly
                                                                                                                         understand




                       Which type of line will stretch the most when under
 2    1234      C                                                            Polypropylene         Dacron                Nylon                  Manila
                       strain?




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                 Answer A              Answer B                 Answer C                Answer D           Illustration


                                                                                  repeat the Pilot's    ask the Pilot to         observe the             ignore the
                       You are on watch entering port while the pilot has the
                                                                                  command and           repeat the command       helmsman's wheel        helmsman's
                       conn. The pilot gives a steering command to the
 2    1235      A                                                                 ensure that the       since the helmsman       action to be sure       response as long as
                       helmsman who partially repeats the command. You
                                                                                  helmsman repeats it   failed to hear it        that it complies with   it was close to what
                       should immediately __________.
                                                                                  completely            completely               the Pilot's command     the Pilot ordered




                       You are docking a ship with a single-screw tug                                                    The tug should put a            The tug should put a
                                                                                                      The tug would need
                       assisting on your starboard bow. How should the tug        One head line would                    spring line up,                 stern line up,
 2    1236      D                                                                                     at least two head
                       be tied up if you are anticipating that she will have to   be sufficient.                         leading astern on               leading ahead on
                                                                                                      lines.
                       hold your bow off while you stem the current?                                                     the ship.                       the ship.




                                                                                                        the mate being
                       You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the          you state the                                  you say, "I relieve     the mate being
                                                                                                        relieved tells you the
                       bridge to relieve the watch. After reviewing the chart     vessel's charted                               you" and you state      relieved says, "You
                                                                                                        vessel's course and
 2    1237      C      and having been briefed by the off-going mate, you are     position, present                              the course per gyro     have the conn" and
                                                                                                        speed and states
                       now ready to effect the relief. The watch is officially    course and port of                             and magnetic            you state the ship's
                                                                                                        that you have the
                       transferred to you after __________.                       destination                                    compasses               course
                                                                                                        watch




 2    1238      A      A contract of affreightment is a __________.               Bill of Lading        Bottomry Bond            manifest                Portage Bill




                                                                                                                             protect the vessel
                                                                                  assist in dry dock    improve the vessel's                             reduce the rolling of
 2    1240      D      Bilge keels are fitted on ships to __________.                                                        from slamming
                                                                                  alignment             stability                                        the vessel
                                                                                                                             against piers




                                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B             Answer C               Answer D         Illustration



                                                                                                      the name of the
                       A Notice of Marine Casualty to a vessel must include      the estimated cost                        an evaluation of       the amount of
 2    1241      B                                                                                     owner or agent of
                       __________.                                               of damage                                 who was at fault       ballast on board
                                                                                                      the vessel




                       You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the                              during a
                                                                              during an engine                            unless the helm is in
 2    1242      B      bridge to relieve the watch while underway at sea. The                         navigational course                       All of the above
                                                                              speed change                                the "hand" mode
                       watch should not be transferred __________.                                    change




                       You are on watch at sea and find it prudent to call the   a watchstander                            the Master
                                                                                                      you call the Captain                        the Captain states
                       Master to the bridge due to traffic congestion. The       announces                                 specifically informs
 2    1243      C                                                                                     to the bridge in a                          the course being
                       moment that the Master officially relieves you of the     "Captain's on the                         you that he has the
                                                                                                      traffic situation                           steered
                       conn is whenever __________.                              bridge"                                   conn




 2    1244      B      Nylon line is NOT suitable for __________.                towing               lashings             stoppers               mooring lines




                       While on watch at sea you must maintain a proper
                       lookout at all times. On a 700-foot cargo vessel being
 2    1245      B      hand-steered during daylight hours in good visibility  the helmsman            the mate on watch    Either A or B          Neither A nor B
                       and clear of any navigational hazards, the lookout may
                       be __________.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A             Answer B                Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                       When a tug is pulling on a hawser at right angles to the                                               keeps a steady
                                                                                                      does not get too                              turns the ship
                       ship, and the pilot wants to come ahead or astern on     does not break the                            course so the
 2    1246      B                                                                                     much way on the                               toward the direction
                       the ship's engine, care must be taken that the pilot     towline                                       towline will remain
                                                                                                      vessel                                        of pull
                       __________.                                                                                            tight




                       You are on watch and the Pilot has the conn. The
                                                                                 countermand the      make an appropriate     immediately call the
                       Master has temporarily gone below. The Pilot orders a                                                                       immediately sound a
                                                                                 order and            entry in the deck log   Master and await
 2    1247      A      course change which you are certain will put the vessel                                                                     short ring on the
                                                                                 immediately notify   concerning the          further orders from
                       into imminent danger. Your first action should be to                                                                        general alarm
                                                                                 the Master           Pilot's order           him
                       __________.




                       A declaration made by the Master before a U.S.
                       Consul, giving particulars regarding heavy weather or
 2    1248      D      other incidents which may have caused damage to the cargo addendum             exception report        Master's declaration note of protest
                       vessel or cargo, through no fault of the vessel, her
                       officers, or crew is a(n) __________.




                       The floors in a vessel's hull structure are kept from                                                  longitudinal deck     transverse deck
 2    1250      B                                                                face plates          bottom longitudinals
                       tripping, or folding over, by __________.                                                              beams                 beams




                                                                                                      To execute,
                                                                                                      approve, and submit     To provide financial
                       What is NOT a primary function of the freight             To book cargo        all shipping            assistance to the    Clear the goods
 2    1251      C
                       forwarder?                                                space in advance     documents               shipper when         through customs
                                                                                                      necessary to the        required
                                                                                                      particular shipment




                                                                                                                                                                      Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                         Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                     February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A             Answer B               Answer C               Answer D            Illustration




                                                                                                    following control of   following restoration
 2    1252      B      Control of flooding should be addressed __________. first                                                                 only if a threat exists
                                                                                                    fire                   of vital services




                       You are preparing to relieve the mate on watch while                                                during a collision
                                                                            during an engine        while the Master is
 2    1253      C      underway at sea. The watch should not be transferred                                                avoidance              All of the above
                                                                            speed change            on the bridge
                       __________.                                                                                         maneuver




                       Under identical load conditions, nylon, when compared less and have less     more and have less more and have              less and have
 2    1254      C
                       with natural fiber line, will stretch __________.     strength               strength           greater strength           greater strength




                       While on watch at sea you must maintain a proper
                       lookout at all times. You are on a 200-foot cargo
                       vessel with an unobstructed view astern from the
 2    1255      C      steering position. The vessel is being hand-steered       the helmsman       the officer on watch Either A or B            Neither A nor B
                       during daylight hours in good visibility and clear of any
                       navigational hazards. The lookout may be
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                               push the ship bodily
                       You are docking an oceangoing single-screw vessel     control the bow and control the stern and pull the vessel into
                                                                                                                                               alongside and is tied
 2    1256      A      under normal circumstances with a single tug. The tug is tied to the      is tied to the stern  the slip and is tied to
                                                                                                                                               to the offshore side
                       is usually used to __________.                        offshore bow        on the offshore side the bow
                                                                                                                                               amidships




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                  Answer A               Answer B               Answer C                 Answer D          Illustration


                       You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the                                                         The mate being
                                                                                   You say to the mate    The mate being                                  You say to the mate
                       bridge to relieve the watch. After reviewing the chart                                                    relieved says, "All in
                                                                                   going off watch,       relieved says, "You                             going off watch, "I
                       and having been briefed by the off-going mate, you are                                                    apparent good
 2    1257      D                                                                  "Destination New       now have the watch,                             relieve you, course
                       now ready to effect the relief. Which of the following is                                                 order, course 068°
                                                                                   York, course 283°,     course 147°, speed                              321° per gyro, 316°
                       exemplary of the statement that would officially transfer                                                 per gyro, 075° per
                                                                                   speed 16 knots."       15 knots."                                      per standard."
                       the watch?                                                                                                standard."




                       While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a
                                                                                                                                 Let go the port          Obtain assistance
                       sudden gale force wind causes the vessel's stern lines Notify the           Shut down any
                                                                                                                                 anchor and veer to a     from the terminal to
 2    1258      B      to part. The stern begins to fall away from the dock,  engineroom of the    cargo transfer that's
                                                                                                                                 short scope of           put new stern lines
                       and no tugs are immediately available. Which           need for propulsion. in progress.
                                                                                                                                 chain.                   out.
                       measure(s) should you take FIRST?




                                                                                                         serve as the                                     protect the vessel's
                                                                                   reduce the rolling of                         add strength to the
 2    1260      A      The function of the bilge keel is to __________.                                  vessel's main                                    hull when alongside
                                                                                   the vessel                                    bilge
                                                                                                         strength member                                  a dock




                       A vessel operating "in class" has met all the               ABS or similar
 2    1261      A                                                                                         insurance company U.S. Coast Guard              U.S. Customs
                       requirements of the __________.                             society




                                                                                   Coast Guard, only if                                               nearest Coast
                       You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger                                    Coast Guard, only if   Coast Guard, only if
                                                                                   the grounding                                                      Guard Marine
                       vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally                               the grounding          the grounding
 2    1262      D                                                                  results in damage to                                               Safety or Marine
                       runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger                                  results in a loss of   results in injury to
                                                                                   property in excess                                                 Inspection Office as
                       vessels, you must notify the __________.                                           life                   personnel
                                                                                   of $25,000                                                         soon as possible




                                                                                                                                                                          Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                             Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                         February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A             Answer B              Answer C               Answer D             Illustration




                       Which type of line is best able to withstand sudden
 2    1264      B                                                                Polypropylene       Nylon                 Dacron                 Manila
                       shock loads?




                       You are picking up an unconscious person that has
                                                                                                                           wind on your port      wind on your
 2    1265      B      fallen overboard in a fresh breeze. For safety reasons victim to leeward      victim to windward
                                                                                                                           side                   starboard side
                       a small craft should approach with the __________.




                       You are docking a vessel in a slip which has its
                       entrance athwart the tide. You land the ship across
                                                                                 Have her on a       Tie her up on the                            Tie her up on the
                       the end of the pier, stemming the tide, preparatory to                                              Tie her up on the
 2    1266      C                                                                hawser from the     inshore bow to hold                          inshore quarter to lift
                       breaking the ship around the corner. You have one                                                   offshore bow.
                                                                                 stern.              the ship off the end.                        the stern.
                       tug to assist. Where would you generally tie up the
                       tug?


                       You are on watch while your vessel is entering port
                                                                                                                           tell the helmsman to
                       with a pilot conning. The pilot gave a steering
                                                                                 take the helm and   ask the Pilot to      ask the Pilot to       repeat the Pilot's
                       command to the helmsman who failed to acknowledge
                                                                                 expedite the        repeat the command    repeat any             command a second
 2    1267      A      it by repeating the order. You have now enunciated
                                                                                 maneuver that the   since the helmsman    command that he        time and notify the
                       the pilot's order to the helmsman and there is still no
                                                                                 pilot ordered       failed to hear it     fails to hear or       Master
                       response. If the helmsman continues on the original
                                                                                                                           understand
                       course, you should immediately __________.




                       The S.S. Ossel Hitch arrives in Capetown, South
                                                                                                     Inability of vessel to                       Suspicion of heavy
                       Africa, and the Master affects a note of protest with the                                            Suspicion of cargo
 2    1268      D                                                                Crew misconduct     comply with voyage                           weather damage to
                       U.S. Consul. Why would the Master affect this                                                        pilferage by crew
                                                                                                     charter                                      vessel or cargo
                       document?




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A                  Answer B              Answer C            Answer D          Illustration




                                                                                                                            Spotting the boom    Swinging the boom
 2    1269      B      What is meant by the term "topping the boom"?          Lowering the boom       Raising the boom
                                                                                                                            over the deck        athwartships




                       When a man who is conscious has fallen overboard is astern and the             ahead and the         just off the bow and
                                                                                                                                                 just off the bow and
 2    1270      D      being picked up by a lifeboat, the boat should      victim just off the        victim just off the   the victim to
                                                                                                                                                 the victim to leeward
                       approach with the wind __________.                  bow                        bow                   windward




                       The citizenship of a crew member of a vessel in a U.S.
 2    1271      B                                                             Customs Officer         Immigration Officer   Coast Guard          Union Official
                       port is determined solely by the __________.




                                                                                                      The crew quarters
                                                                              No other cargoes
                                                                                                      must have positive-                        Personnel working
                                                                              may be carried due                           Benzene is not a
                       You are on a tankship carrying benzene in bulk.                                pressure ventilation                       in regulated areas
 2    1272      D                                                             to the possibility of                        cancer-causing
                       Which statement is TRUE?                                                       to prevent the fumes                       must use
                                                                              contamination by a                           agent.
                                                                                                      from entering the                          respirators.
                                                                              carcinogen.
                                                                                                      living spaces.




                       If given equal care, nylon line should last how many
 2    1274      C                                                             Three                   Four                  Five                 Six
                       times longer than manila line?




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A                  Answer B               Answer C                 Answer D        Illustration



                       The tension on an anchor cable increases so that the
                       angle of the catenary to the seabed at the anchor                                   It will increase the   It will reduce the       It will cause the
 2    1275      C                                                                It will have no effect.
                       reaches 10°. How will this affect the anchor in sandy                               holding power.         holding power.           anchor to snag.
                       soil?




                                                                                 a stern line and two      a stern line, 2 bow    all regular lines        two bow lines and
                       When moored with a Mediterranean moor, the ship           quarter lines             lines, and 2 quarter   leading to the pier in   two midship lines
 2    1276      A
                       should be secured to the pier by having __________.       crossing under the        lines leading aft to   opposition to the        leading aft to the
                                                                                 stern                     the pier               anchor                   pier




                       The document that establishes the facts of a casualty
 2    1278      D      and is the prima facie relief from liability for the      adjuster's report         insurance policy       invoice                  Master's protest
                       damage is the __________.




                       Vertical structural members attached to the floors that
 2    1280      C                                                                boss plates               buckler plates         stiffeners               breast hooks
                       add strength to the floors are called __________.




                       The agency most concerned with a stowaway is
 2    1281      B                                                                Customs                   Immigration            Public Health            U.S.D.A.
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                           Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                              Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                          February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A                Answer B               Answer C             Answer D           Illustration



                                                                                                                                                  underway on a
                       When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, the       stopped with the         stopped with the       underway with the
 2    1282      C                                                                                                                                 course to provide no
                       vessel should be __________.                           wind dead ahead          wind on the beam       wind 30° on the bow
                                                                                                                                                  apparent wind




                                                                                                     It contains copies of
                                                                              The fo'c'sle card is a                                               Each crewmember
                                                                                                     the crew's            Is an exact copy of
 2    1283      C      Which statement about the fo'c'sle card is TRUE?       blank sample of the                                                  is given a copy of
                                                                                                     signatures from the shipping articles.
                                                                              articles.                                                            the fo'c'sle card.
                                                                                                     articles.




                                                                                                                            Listing of approved    Duties and station of
                       Which information MUST be entered on the muster        Names of all crew        Use and application
 2    1285      D                                                                                                           emergency              each person during
                       list?                                                  members                  of special equipment
                                                                                                                            equipment              emergencies




                                                                              eliminate                increase the
                                                                                                                              permit the ship to   prevent damage to
                                                                              navigational hazards     anchor's reliability
                       The anchors should be dropped well out from the pier                                                   maneuver in the      the stern caused by
 2    1286      C                                                             by allowing the          by providing a large
                       while at a Mediterranean moor to __________.                                                           stream while         swinging against the
                                                                              chain to lie along the   catenary in the
                                                                                                                              weighing anchors     pier in the approach
                                                                              harbor bottom            chain




                                                                              change from right
                                                                                                                              check, but do not
                                                                              (left) to left (right)   use right or left                           put the rudder
 2    1287      A      The term "shift the rudder" means __________.                                                          stop the vessel from
                                                                              rudder an equal          rudder                                      amidships
                                                                                                                              swinging
                                                                              amount




                                                                                                                                                                     Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                        Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                    February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                            Answer A               Answer B              Answer C              Answer D         Illustration




                       A document used to indicate suspected cargo damage                                                Master's Note of      Unseaworthy
 2    1288      C                                                         cargo report             hull damage report
                       caused by rough weather would be the __________.                                                  Protest               Certificate




                       What would you use to adjust the height of a cargo
 2    1289      C                                                           Lizard                 Spanner guy           Topping lift          Working guy
                       boom?




                                                                                                 The center of gravity   The floors and
                                                                                                                                               They are less
                                                                                                 of a loaded bulk        longitudinals
                                                                            The tank top forms a                                               expensive to
                                                                                                 cargo ship may be       distribute the
 2    1290      D      What is NOT an advantage of double bottom ships?     second skin for the                                                construct because
                                                                                                 raised to produce a     upward push of the
                                                                            vessel.                                                            of increased access
                                                                                                 more comfortable        water on the ship's
                                                                                                                                               space.
                                                                                                 roll.                   bottom.



                                                                                                   health requirements
                                                                            clearance              have been met and
                                                                                                                                               tonnage taxes are
                                                                            requirements for all   no further          shipment will be
 2    1291      B      "Free pratique" means that __________.                                                                                  not required to be
                                                                            regulatory bodies      quarantine          made at no cost
                                                                                                                                               paid
                                                                            have been met          formalities are
                                                                                                   required




                                                                                                   designates the
                                                                            is also known as a                          advises the crew of    are signed by each
                                                                                                   quarters a seaman
 2    1292      C      The Articles of Agreement __________.                Merchant Mariner's                          the conditions of      crewmember at the
                                                                                                   will occupy during a
                                                                            Document                                    employment             end of the voyage
                                                                                                   voyage




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                             Answer A               Answer B                Answer C           Answer D           Illustration




                       What is required to be posted in the pilothouse of a   Certificate of                                 Company Mission    Muster List ("Station
 2    1293      D                                                                                    Officer's licenses
                       vessel?                                                Inspection                                     Statement          Bill")




                       What is required to be posted in the pilothouse of a                          Company Mission         Certificate of     Maneuvering
 2    1295      D                                                             Official Crew List
                       vessel?                                                                       Statement               Inspection         Characteristics




                       To ensure the best results during the Mediterranean    be crossed around      tend out at right       tend aft 60°From   tend forward 30° on
 2    1296      D
                       moor, the chains should __________.                    the bow                angles to the bow       each bow           either bow




                                                                              A prohibition from     Arrest of a vessel by                        Losses caused by
                                                                              loading a cargo from   legal authorities to Damage caused by fines from polluting
                       What is an example of the term "Restraint of Rulers,
 2    1297      A                                                             a country's            satisfy claims        riot of the population the harbor after
                       Princes, or Peoples" in a marine insurance policy?
                                                                              government             through exercise of of a port.               malfunction of a
                                                                              interference.          a maritime lien.                             piping system.




                                                                                                                                                 the vessel
                                                                              cargo was received     longshore labor         portions of his
                                                                                                                                                 encountered heavy
                       A Master should file a marine note of protest if       at ship side which     went on strike in the   vessel's cargo were
 2    1298      D                                                                                                                                weather which might
                       __________.                                            was damaged in         port causing undue      illegally impounded
                                                                                                                                                 have caused cargo
                                                                              land transit           vessel delay            in a foreign port
                                                                                                                                                 damage




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A            Answer B             Answer C                Answer D          Illustration




                       Which part of a conventional cargo gear rig provides
 2    1299      D                                                               Cargo whip          Gooseneck fitting    Spider band             Topping lift
                       for vertical control and positioning of a boom?




                       Tonnage openings must be closed by means of                                                                               wooden hatch
 2    1300      C                                                               press board         steel hatch boards   steel plates
                       __________.                                                                                                               boards




                       If, after examination by the Quarantine Officer, your
                                                                                                                                                 Controlled Free
 2    1301      D      vessel is found to have a specific deficiency, you may   Bill of health      Free Pratique        Notice to Comply
                                                                                                                                                 Pratique
                       be issued __________.




                       Reinforcing frames attached to a bulkhead on a vessel
 2    1302      C                                                            side longitudinals     intercostals         stiffeners              brackets
                       are called __________.




                                                                                You must have two                        You must have a
                                                                                                    Each crew member                             If you are also
                                                                                toxic vapor                              containment system
                       You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker with                           must be provided                             carrying allyl
                                                                                detectors or the                         made out of
 2    1303      C      orders to load diethylamine. What is NOT a                                   with an emergency                            alcohol, the venting
                                                                                pumproom must                            stainless steel other
                       requirement for transporting this cargo?                                     escape breathing                             systems don't have
                                                                                meet special                             than types 416 and
                                                                                                    apparatus.                                   to be segregated.
                                                                                requirements.                            422.




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A          Answer B             Answer C             Answer D         Illustration



                       A nylon line is rated at 12,000 lbs. breaking strain.
 2    1304      B      Using a safety factor of 5, what is the safe working    2,000 lbs.        2,400 lbs.          12,000 lbs.           60,000 lbs.
                       load (SWL)?




                       What is an advantage of the 6X19 class of wire rope
                                                                               Greater holding                       More resistance to    More resistance to
 2    1305      D      over the 6X37 class of wire rope of the same                              Better for towing
                                                                               power                                 elongation            corrosion
                       diameter?




                                                                                                                     Use synthetic fiber   Use wires from each
                       You are making mooring lines fast to bitts, stern to, as Use manila or    Use wires only from
                                                                                                                     and/or manila         quarter and manila
 2    1306      A      in some Mediterranean ports. A swell is liable to make synthetic fiber    the stern and each
                                                                                                                     hawsers as            hawsers from the
                       the vessel surge. How should you tie up?                 hawsers only.    quarter.
                                                                                                                     required.             stern.




 2    1307      D      Which type of ice is a hazard to navigation?            Ice rind          Pancake ice         Frazil ice            Growlers




                       The S.S. Sheet Bend arrives in New York after
                       encountering heavy weather on a voyage from Cape        Collector of                          Officer in Charge     U.S. Shipping
 2    1308      B                                                                                Notary Public
                       Town. Who will note the maritime protest for the        Customs                               Marine Inspection     Commissioner
                       Master?




                                                                                                                                                            Deck General
                                                                                                                                                               Book Two
                                                                                                                                                           February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A              Answer B               Answer C                 Answer D             Illustration


                                                                                                                               The total area of the
                                                                                  Each vent for the                                                     There must be twice
                                                                                                        The tanks must be      vents or the
                       Which statement is TRUE concerning protection of           tank must be equal                                                    as much vent area
 2    1310      C                                                                                       protected by           overflow shall be at
                       double bottom tanks against excessive pressure?            to the area of the                                                    as the area of the fill
                                                                                                        overflows.             least 125% of the
                                                                                  tank filling line.                                                    line.
                                                                                                                               area of the fill line.




                       Before arriving at the first U.S. port from foreign, you
                                                                                                                               nonresident alien        unlicensed crew
 2    1311      C      must fill out a Crewman's Landing Permit for each          alien crewmember      crew member
                                                                                                                               crewmember               member
                       __________.




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is
 2    1312      C                                                                 stern line            forward spring line    after spring line        waist breast line          D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                                                                                  Stern of the towed    Stern of the towed     Stern of the towed       Bow of the towed
                       Where should a vessel being towed alongside be             vessel aft of the     vessel even with the   vessel forward of        vessel even with the
 2    1313      C
                       positioned for increased maneuverability?                  stern of the towing   stern of the towing    the stern of the         bow of the towing
                                                                                  vessel                vessel                 towing vessel            vessel




                       A wire rope rove through two single blocks with two
                       parts at the moving block is used for a boat fall. The
 2    1314      C      weight of the 100-person boat is 5 tons. Compute the 18.30 tons B.S.             20.29 tons B.S.        22.27 tons B.S.          24.31 tons B.S.
                       required breaking strain. Safety Factor - 6, weight per
                       person - 165 lbs., 10% friction per sheave (2 sheaves).




                                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C               Answer D          Illustration


                                                                                                                                                  Your vessel strikes
                                                                                                   Nylon mooring line      Your vessel is
                                                                                                                                                  and sinks an
                                                                               A seaman is injured parts while the         backing from a dock
                       In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify                                                                         anchored sailboat
 2    1315      D                                                              and in the hospital vessel is tied up and   and runs aground,
                       the local Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?                                                                                costing a total of
                                                                               for four days.      kills a harbor worker   but is pulled off by
                                                                                                                                                  $20,000 for salvage
                                                                                                   who was on the pier.    tugs in 30 minutes.
                                                                                                                                                  and repair.




                                                                                                                                               provide a steady
                                                                               facilitate speed of   indicate the anchor's prevent damage to
                       The anchor chain should be kept moderately taut                                                                         platform for the
 2    1316      C                                                              recovery during the   location to passing the stern in the
                       during a Mediterranean moor to __________.                                                                              gangway between
                                                                               weighing process      or mooring ships      event of a headwind
                                                                                                                                               the fantail and pier




                       The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must
                                                                               The person in        The operator of the    The Master of the
 2    1317      D      notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or                                                                            All of the above
                                                                               charge of the vessel vessel                 vessel
                       Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible?




                       The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist       serious danger to
                                                                                                     further damaging                             creating a panic on
 2    1318      A      people affected by an accident if he or she can do so   his or her own                              undue delay
                                                                                                     the other vessel                             either vessel
                       without __________.                                     vessel




 2    1319      A      In relation to cargo gear, what does "SWL" mean?        Safe working load     Ship's working lift   Starboard wing lift    Stress, weight, load




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                             Answer A                 Answer B                Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                                                                             any deck below the
                                                                                                                            made by placing two a heavy fore-and-aft
                                                                             main deck and            a member that gives
 2    1320      C      A cofferdam is __________.                                                                           bulkheads a few     beam under the
                                                                             above the lowest         fore-and-aft strength
                                                                                                                            feet apart          deck
                                                                             deck




                       Which type of carrier accepts without discrimination all
 2    1321      A                                                               Common                Industrial              Private               Tramp
                       legal cargoes of a shipper?




                                                                             He may refuse to
                       The American Consul has asked the Master of a                                  He is required to       He may refuse to      He is required to
                                                                             take the seaman if
                       vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport a                             accept the seaman       take the seaman if    take the seaman
 2    1322      C                                                            the ship will not stop
                       destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may                             only if the seaman is   the seaman has a      under any
                                                                             at a U.S. port within
                       the Master take?                                                               medically unfit.        contagious disease.   circumstance.
                                                                             30 days.




                                                                                                 move the rudder
                                                                                                 slowly in the                                      steer the course
                                                                             decrease the rudder                       bring the rudder
 2    1323      A      "Ease the rudder" means to __________.                                    direction of the most                              which is your
                                                                             angle                                     amidships
                                                                                                 recent rudder                                      present heading
                                                                                                 command




                                                                             copy of the shipping                             Muster List ("Station unlicensed shipping
 2    1324      A      The forecastle card is a(n) __________.                                    quarters allocation
                                                                             agreement                                        Bill")                card from the union




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                              Answer A              Answer B                Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                       You are signing on crew members. The minimum
                                                                                                   Certificate of           Articles of
 2    1325      B      number of people required aboard, and the              Crew list                                                         fo'c'sle card
                                                                                                   Inspection               Agreement
                       qualifications of each, is listed on the __________.




                                                                                                   back away a few
                                                                                                                                                 go half ahead on the
                                                                                                   lengths to clear the     go half ahead on the
                       After casting off moorings at a mooring buoy in calm   go full ahead on the                                               engines and pass
 2    1326      B                                                                                  buoy and then go         engines and put the
                       weather, you should __________.                        engine(s)                                                          upstream of the
                                                                                                   ahead on the             rudder hard right
                                                                                                                                                 buoy
                                                                                                   engines




                       You shall notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine
 2    1327      B      Inspection Office as soon as possible when your        $15,000              $25,000                  $50,000             $100,000
                       vessel has been damaged in excess of __________.




                       The declaration made by the Master when he
 2    1328      A      anticipates hull and/or cargo damage due to unusual    Note of Protest      Notice of Casualty       Portage Bill        Bottomry Bond
                       weather conditions is a __________.




                                                                              can be released                               is used for extra   is used for light
 2    1329      A      A pelican hook __________.                                                  is used for boat falls
                                                                              while under strain                            heavy loads         loads only




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                    Answer A        Answer B            Answer C              Answer D       Illustration




                                                                                  increase their     provide drainage
 2    1330      B      Beams are cambered to __________.                                                                 relieve deck stress   All of the above
                                                                                  strength           from the decks




                       The S.S. Microwave has been chartered to the
                       Longline Steamship Company. The Longline
                                                                                  Bareboat Charter                                             Voyage Charter
 2    1331      A      Steamship Company agrees to pay all expenses and                              Lease Charter Party Time Charter Party
                                                                                  Party                                                        Party
                       employ and pay the crew. Which type of contract is
                       involved?




                                                                              An injury to a
                                                                                                                         A discharge of
                                                                              crewmember that
                                                                                                  Damage to property     10,000 gallons or
                       What accident situation is considered a Serious Marine renders that person
 2    1333      D                                                                                 in excess of           more of oil into    All of the above
                       Incident?                                              unfit to continue
                                                                                                  $100,000               navigable waters of
                                                                              working on the
                                                                                                                         the U.S.
                                                                              vessel




                       Close link chain of not less the 3/4" (or the wire rope
                       equivalent) is required for lashing deck cargoes of
 2    1334      B      timber. What size flexible wire rope would provide the     9/16"              1"                  1 1/4"                1 3/8"
                       strength equivalent to 3/4" chain, using a safety factor
                       of 5?




                       Following a Serious Marine Incident, a mariner directly
 2    1335      D      involved in the incident is required to submit a urine  2 hours               12 hours            24 hours              32 hours
                       specimen for drug testing within __________.




                                                                                                                                                              Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                 Book Two
                                                                                                                                                             February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B             Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                                                                             approach the buoy       approach the buoy     approach the buoy     stop upwind and up
                       When picking up your mooring at the buoy, the correct
 2    1336      B                                                            with the wind and       with the wind and     with wind and sea     current and drift
                       method is to __________.
                                                                             current astern          current ahead         abeam                 down on the buoy




                       Following a Serious Marine Incident, a mariner directly
 2    1337      B      involved in the incident is required to submit to alcohol 1 hour              2 hours               6 hours               12 hours
                       testing within __________.




                       A "dangerous cargo manifest" is needed for you to
                       carry a combustible cargo. You should obtain the
 2    1338      D                                                               manufacturer         ABS                   Coast Guard           shipper
                       shipping papers to make this "manifest" from the
                       __________.




                                                                                2 1/2 times the      5 times the depth of 10 times the depth     same depth as the
 2    1340      A      The usual depth of a beam bracket is __________.
                                                                                depth of the beam    the beam             of the beam            beam




                       Following a Serious Marine Incident, a mariner
                                                                                2 hours following the 4 hours following the 8 hours following the 12 hours following
 2    1342      C      involved in the incident is prohibited from consuming
                                                                                incident              incident              incident              the incident
                       alcohol until after being tested or __________.




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                               Answer A            Answer B               Answer C             Answer D          Illustration



                       Besides the chemical testing of a mariner’s breath for
                       alcohol, what other specimen testing for alcohol is
 2    1343      A                                                                Saliva              Blood                Hair                   None of the above
                       acceptable to be taken onboard the vessel after a
                       Serious Marine Incident?




                                                                                                                                                The diameter of a
                                                                                 Metal sheaves        It needs better care                      sheave over which a
                       When working with wire rope, which must be                                                          It should be
 2    1344      B                                                                should be lined with than hemp or                              rope is worked
                       considered?                                                                                         lubricated annually.
                                                                                 wood or leather.     manila.                                   should be ten times
                                                                                                                                                that of the rope.




                       A vessel is not required to carry urine specimen
                       collecting kits onboard the vessel only if the individuals
 2    1345      C                                                                 12 hours           24 hours             32 hours               48 hours
                       directly involved in a Serious Marine Incident can be
                       tested ashore within __________?




                                                                                                     how much the        any change in the       changes in bearings
                       The best method of determining if a vessel is dragging the amount of line
 2    1346      D                                                                                    vessel sheers while tautness of the         of fixed objects
                       anchor is to note __________.                          paid out
                                                                                                     at anchor           anchor chain            onshore




                                                                                                                          Dumping debris
                       You are proceeding to a distress site where the           Steering a zigzag
                                                                                                     Making smoke in      over the side to       Continuous ringing
 2    1347      B      survivors are in liferafts. Which action will assist in   course with 5 to 10
                                                                                                     daylight             make a trail to your   of the general alarm
                       making your vessel more visible to the survivors?         minutes on each leg
                                                                                                                          vessel




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                Answer A               Answer B                Answer C              Answer D          Illustration




                       Preparation of muster lists and signing of same is the     Chief Officer of the                                                 United States Coast
 2    1348      C                                                                                        owner of the vessel Master of the vessel
                       responsibility of the __________.                          vessel                                                               Guard




                                                                                                                                                     act as a web to
                                                                                  act as a beam to      lessen the             act as a tie to keep prevent plate
 2    1350      B      A deck beam does NOT __________.                           support vertical deck longitudinal stiffness the sides of the ship wrinkling due to
                                                                                  loads                 of the vessel          in place              twisting action on
                                                                                                                                                     the vessel




                                                                                                                                                      to the owner for
                                                                                  solely to the
                                                                                                                                                      vessel
                       Your vessel is chartered under a time charter party.       charterer for all     solely to the cargo      solely to the owner,
                                                                                                                                                      administration and
 2    1351      D      Under this type of charter party, your responsibility is   matters pertaining to shippers and             as under normal
                                                                                                                                                      to the charterer for
                       __________.                                                cargo and ship        consignees               conditions
                                                                                                                                                      cargo operations
                                                                                  administration
                                                                                                                                                      and schedule




                       According to the illustration, which of the figures
                       protects the stress bearing end of a wire rope from
 2    1352      C                                                                 A.                     B.                      C.                    All the above.          D058DG
                       being crushed while forming a temporary eye splice
                       using wire rope clips? (Diagram DG-0058)




                                                                                                         check the clips after
                                                                             place the U-bolt of         an hour of operation    replace the entire    wire rope clips
                       When using wire rope clips to form a temporary eye in the wire rope clips         to determine if the     wire rope if broken   should never be
 2    1353      A                                                                                                                                                              D058DG
                       wire rope, you should ________.                       on the dead end of          clips loosened due      wires are detected    used to form a
                                                                             the rope                    to wire rope            around the clips      temporary eye splice
                                                                                                         expansion




                                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                  Answer A             Answer B              Answer C              Answer D          Illustration



                                                                                                         6 inches in
                                                                                    6 inches in diameter                       6 strands with 19    19 strands with 6
 2    1354      C      A 6x19 wire rope would be __________.                                             circumference with
                                                                                    and 19 fathoms long                        wires in each strand wires in each strand
                                                                                                         19 strands




                       If your vessel is dragging her anchor in a strong wind,      shorten the scope of increase the scope    put over the sea      put over a stern
 2    1356      B
                       you should __________.                                       anchor cable         of anchor cable       anchor                anchor




                       The area indicated by the letter G is known as the
 2    1357      C                                                                   entrance             stringer plate        turn of the bilge     garboard                D033DG
                       __________.




                       Seeing that all hands are familiar with their duties, as
 2    1358      A      specified in the muster list, is the responsibility of the   Master               Chief Mate            safety officer        department heads
                       __________.




                                                                                                                               Reduce the draft if
                                                                                    Reduce the area of   Keep the sail taut in                       Increase the
 2    1360      A      What are reef points used for?                                                                          the boat runs
                                                                                    a sail               light airs                                  strength of the mast
                                                                                                                               aground




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                                Answer A             Answer B               Answer C               Answer D        Illustration



                       On a voyage charter, when a vessel is ready to load                                                                       Vessel Utilization
                                                                                                     Master Certificate of Shipmasters
 2    1361      A      cargo, the Master should render to the charterer a      Notice of Readiness                                               and Performance
                                                                                                     Service               Declaration
                       __________.                                                                                                               Report




                       Under normal operating conditions aboard a ship, who
                                                                                                     First Assistant
 2    1362      C      has the overall responsibility in maintaining the Oil Chief Engineer                               Master                 Chief Mate
                                                                                                     Engineer
                       Record Book?




                                                                               A ship of 150 gross   A non-tanker that                           An oil tanker of 150
                       According to 33 CFR, on board which type of vessel                                                Any oil tanker of 100
                                                                               tons and above,       carries more than                           gross tons and
 2    1363      B      described below is required to maintain Part II                                                   gross tons and
                                                                               other than an oil     200 cubic meters of                         above on domestic
                       (Cargo/Ballast Operations) of the Oil Record Book?                                                above.
                                                                               tanker.               oil in bulk.                                voyages only.




                       Which molten substance is poured into the basket of a
 2    1364      D                                                               Babbitt              Bronze               Lead                   Zinc
                       wire rope socket being fitted to the end of a wire rope?




                                                                                                     run to the radio
                                                                               call for help and                          immediately jump in
                       A person who sees someone fall overboard should                               room to send an                          go to the bridge for
 2    1365      A                                                              keep the individual                        the water to assist
                       __________.                                                                   emergency                                the distress flares
                                                                               in sight                                   the individual
                                                                                                     message




                                                                                                                                                                 Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                    Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                            Answer A              Answer B           Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                                                                                                                                          swing the rudder
                       The best method to stop a vessel from dragging       reduce the length of pay out more anchor                      several times to
 2    1366      B                                                                                                    back the engines
                       anchor in a sand bottom is to __________.            the cable            cable                                    work the anchor into
                                                                                                                                          the bottom




                       Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a
                                                                            poor stowage of      fire caused by
 2    1367      C      vessel will be liable for damage to cargo when the                                            overloading          inherent vice
                                                                            cargo in a container lightning
                       damage arises out of __________.




                       Fire and abandon ship stations and duties may be                           Certificate of
 2    1368      D                                                           crewman's duty list                      shipping articles    muster list
                       found on the __________.                                                   Inspection




                                                                            Lowering it into a    Placing it in a    Spotting it with wash
 2    1369      B      What is meant by "spotting the boom"?                                                                               Two-blocking it
                                                                            cradle                desired position   primer and red lead




                       The strength of a deck will be increased by adding
 2    1370      B                                                           camber                deck beam brackets hatch beams          sheer
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                           Deck General
                                                                                                                                                              Book Two
                                                                                                                                                          February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                               Answer A             Answer B            Answer C                Answer D        Illustration




                       Delivery of a vessel to a charterer is called
 2    1371      D                                                                chartering           dispatching         fixing                tendering
                       __________.




                       The Oil Record Book for all U.S. ships is the property                                                                   charterer of the
 2    1372      A                                                                U.S. government      master of the vessel vessel's owner
                       of the ________.                                                                                                         vessel




                       After each operation involving the transfer of oil or oily                     within 1 hour of    within 6 hours of
                                                                                                                                                as the operation
 2    1373      A      mixture, an entry shall be recorded in the Oil Record      without delay       completion of the   completion of the
                                                                                                                                                permits
                       Book ________.                                                                 inspection          operation




                       Which type of stopper should be used to stop off wire
 2    1374      A                                                                Chain                Manila              Polypropylene         Wire
                       rope?




                                                                                 prevent chain from   clean the marine
                                                                                                                          flake chain from a    clean chain prior to
 2    1375      A      A chain stripper is used to __________.                   clinging to the      debris from the
                                                                                                                          boat's chain locker   an x-ray inspection
                                                                                 wildcat              chain




                                                                                                                                                                Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                   Book Two
                                                                                                                                                               February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                            Answer A             Answer B             Answer C            Answer D          Illustration




                       Generally speaking, the most favorable bottom for                                              a mixture of mud
 2    1376      C                                                           very soft mud        rocky                                    loose sand
                       anchoring is __________.                                                                       and clay




                       On a passenger vessel over 400 gross tons, routine                                             Part II (Cargo
                                                                            Oil Record Book is   Part I (Machinery                        Part III (Emergency
 2    1377      B      entries for the Oil Record Book are recorded in                                                Oil/Ballast
                                                                            not required         Space Operations)                        Discharge/Spillage)
                       __________.                                                                                    Operations)




                       Container vessels are required to maintain an Oil    150 gross tons and   200 gross tons and   300 gross tons      400 gross tons and
 2    1378      D
                       Record Book when the vessel is _________?            above                above                above               above




                                                                            at the base of the                        near the midships
 2    1379      A      The heel block is located __________.                                     at the cargo hook                        near the spider band
                                                                            boom                                      guy




                       The deck beam brackets of a transversely framed
 2    1380      C                                                           hogging stresses     sagging stresses     racking stresses    shearing stresses
                       vessel resist __________.




                                                                                                                                                         Deck General
                                                                                                                                                            Book Two
                                                                                                                                                        February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A              Answer B              Answer C              Answer D         Illustration



                       The Master of a vessel may tender a Notice of            has completed the                                                 is safely moored or
                                                                                                     is in all respects     is in all respects
 2    1381      B      Readiness to the charterer when the vessel               terms of the charter                                              at a suitable
                                                                                                     ready to load          ready to sail
                       __________.                                              party                                                             anchorage




                                                                                                      state in whose water
                       The Oil Record Book for all fixed or floating drilling rigs                                                                company leasing the
 2    1382      A                                                                  U.S. government    the drilling rig is  drilling rig's owner
                       is the property of the __________.                                                                                         drilling rig
                                                                                                      located




                                                                                                      a licensed officer                        person(s) in charge
                       According to Pollution Prevention Regulations                                  present at the                            of the operation and
                                                                                                                            person(s) in charge
 2    1383      C      (33CFR), after every designated operation, the Oil       the master            operation                                 a licensed officer
                                                                                                                            of the operation
                       Record Book is to be signed by ________.                                       designated by the                         present at the
                                                                                                      master                                    operation




                       The wire rope used for cargo handling on board your
                       vessel has a safe working load of eight tons. It shall
 2    1384      B                                                               32 tons               40 tons               48 tons               64 tons
                       be able to withstand a breaking test load of
                       __________.




                                                                           Coast Guard
                       According to Pollution Prevention Regulations
                                                                           representative                                   person(s) in charge oil terminal
 2    1385      B      (33CFR), each completed page in the Oil Record Book                            the master
                                                                           designated by                                    of the operation    representative
                       is to be signed by ________.
                                                                           COTP




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                         Question                               Answer A             Answer B             Answer C              Answer D            Illustration



                       Which of the following is not an acceptable unit of
 2    1386      C      measure to be used consistently through out an Oil      cubic meters         gallons            tons                    barrels
                       Record Book?




                       If a passenger vessel navigating the Great Lakes is
                       required to carry 8 life buoys, what is the allowable
 2    1388      C                                                              8                    6                  4                       2
                       minimum number of these buoys that must have self-
                       igniting lights attached?




                       A band or collar on the top end of a boom to which the
 2    1389      D      topping lift, midships guy, and outboard guys are      collar band           guy band           pad eye collar          spider band
                       secured, is called the __________.




                                                                                                                       plan made looking
                                                                                                                                               vertical view made
                                                                                                                       down on the ship,
                                                                               endwise view of the longitudinal side                           looking up in the
 2    1390      A      The body plan of a vessel is a(n) __________.                                                   showing it's hull cut
                                                                               ship's molded form elevation view                               ship, with the keel at
                                                                                                                       horizontally by the
                                                                                                                                               the center
                                                                                                                       first set of planes




                       The basic shipping paper that forms an agreement
 2    1391      C      between a shipowner and a charterer is a                Cargo Declaration    Charter Commission Charter Party           Letter of Intent
                       __________.




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                                Answer A              Answer B               Answer C             Answer D          Illustration




                       In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "H" is
 2    1392      C                                                                forward breast line   offshore spring line   offshore bow line    onshore bow line        D044DG
                       called a(n) __________.




                       Your vessel's operators send a message that your                                Radio Aids to          the International
 2    1393      B      vessel has been consigned to Naval Control of       the Light List              Navigation (PUB        Code of Signals      the Coast Pilot
                       Shipping. The message will refer you to __________.                             117)                   (PUB 102)




                       Galvanizing would be suitable for protecting wire rope
 2    1394      B                                                                cargo runners         stays                  topping lifts        All of the above
                       which is used for __________.




                                                                                                                                                   No fending is
                                                                                                                                                   necessary due to
                       A vessel brought alongside should be fended off the       crew members
 2    1395      C                                                                                      a boat hook            fenders              the rugged
                       towing vessel by __________.                              using their arms
                                                                                                                                                   construction of most
                                                                                                                                                   towing vessels.




                       Lifting the anchor from the bottom is called              broaching the
 2    1396      D                                                                                      shifting the anchor    walking the anchor   weighing the anchor
                       __________.                                               anchor




                                                                                                                                                                  Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                     Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                 February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                              Answer A                Answer B                Answer C            Answer D          Illustration


                       The owners of the S.S. Short Haul agree to a charter
                       with the Longsplice Steamship Company. The owners
 2    1398      A      stipulate in the charter party that they must approve Bareboat                Lease                   Time                  Voyage
                       the Master of the vessel for the entire life of the
                       contract. Which charter has been affected?




                                                                                                                                                   It has the same
                       Which part of a cargo boom has the greatest
 2    1399      B                                                             Head                   Middle                  Heel                  diameter along its
                       diameter?
                                                                                                                                                   complete length.




                                                                                                     a plan with the
                                                                              an endwise view of     forebody to right of
                                                                                                                             a longitudinal side   usually drawn for
 2    1400      D      The half-breadth plan is __________.                   the ship's molded      centerline and
                                                                                                                             elevation             the port side only
                                                                              form                   afterbody to the left
                                                                                                     of centerline




                                                                                                                                                   loads and
                                                                               changes berths to     does not load and
                       A clause in the charter party requires a vessel's owner                                             is not ready to load    discharges its cargo
 2    1401      D                                                              expedite loading or   discharge its cargo
                       to pay dispatch money when the vessel __________.                                                   or discharge cargo      in less time than
                                                                               discharging           in the time specified
                                                                                                                                                   specified




 2    1402      D      What form of ice is of land origin?                    Shuga                  Floe                    Spicule               Bergy bit




                                                                                                                                                                   Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                      Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                  February 2010
Book Number   Answer                          Question                               Answer A                Answer B                Answer C            Answer D        Illustration

                                                                                                                                damage claims
                                                                                                        cost of labor and
                                                                                loss of revenue                                 awarded to
                                                                                                        material to restore
                                                                                while the vessel is                             individuals or
                       A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property                         the vessel to the
 2    1403      B                                                               being repaired, up to                           companies involved All of the above
                       damage includes the __________.                                                  service condition
                                                                                a maximum of                                    in the casualty, up to
                                                                                                        which existed before
                                                                                $50,000                                         a maximum of
                                                                                                        the casualty
                                                                                                                                $50,000




                       Galvanizing would not be suitable for protecting wire
 2    1404      A                                                               cargo runners           mooring wires           shrouds             stays
                       rope which is used for __________.




                                                                                You must have two       You must have a
                                                                                                                                                     Each crew member
                                                                                toxic vapor             containment system      If you are carrying
                       You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker with                                                                            must be provided
                                                                                detectors or the        made out of             propionic acid also,
 2    1405      B      orders to load diethylamine. What is NOT a                                                                                    with an emergency
                                                                                pumproom must           stainless steel other   the venting systems
                       requirement for transporting this cargo?                                                                                      escape breathing
                                                                                meet special            than types 416 and      must be segregated.
                                                                                                                                                     apparatus.
                                                                                requirements.           422.




 2    1406      B      How many fathoms are in a shot of anchor cable?          6                       15                      20                  30




                       If there is a discrepancy in the cargo totals, between
                       the cargo onboard the vessel and the cargo listed in
 2    1407      C                                                               Notice of Readiness Charter Party               Bill of Lading      Portage Bill
                       the cargo manifest, the more accurate account of
                       cargo totals can be found in the __________.




                                                                                                                                                                    Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                       Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                   February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                                 Answer A             Answer B                Answer C               Answer D           Illustration

                                                                                                        Other hazardous         A certificate issued   The shipping papers
                                                                             A special permit
                                                                                                        materials cargo         by ABS will be         can be used in lieu
                                                                             issued by the Coast
                                                                                                        must not be stowed      accepted as            of a Dangerous
                       Which statement about the carriage of solid hazardous Guard is required
 2    1408      B                                                                                       on deck above a         evidence that the      Cargo Manifest for a
                       materials in bulk is TRUE?                            before the cargoes
                                                                                                        hold in which a solid   vessel complies with   vessel carrying solid
                                                                             in this subpart are
                                                                                                        hazardous material      all applicable         hazardous materials
                                                                             loaded.
                                                                                                        in bulk is loaded.      loading regulations.   in bulk.




                       The result of two forces acting in opposite directions
 2    1410      C      and along parallel lines, is an example of what type of Tensile                  Compression             Shear                  Strain
                       stress?




                       The time allowed for loading and discharging cargo in
 2    1411      D                                                                  charter hire         demurrage               dispatch               lay days
                       a charter party is referred to as __________.




                                                                                                 the Officer in
                       Upon completion of a voyage, the official logbook shall nearest Regional                                 Captain of the Port
 2    1412      B                                                                                Charge, Marine                                        None of the above
                       be filed with the _________.                            Exam Center (REC)                                (COTP)
                                                                                                 Inspection (OCMI)




                                                                                                        at the next             within 30 days of the at the end of the
                       The official logbook is filed with the Officer in Charge,   upon completion of
 2    1413      A                                                                                       Certificate of          date of arrival of the year with all other
                       Marine Inspection (OCMI) __________.                        the voyage
                                                                                                        Inspection              first U.S. port        official logbooks




                                                                                                                                                                       Deck General
                                                                                                                                                                          Book Two
                                                                                                                                                                      February 2010
Book Number   Answer                           Question                               Answer A              Answer B             Answer C              Answer D           Illustration



                                                                                 a bulge in the wire   a decrease in        a kink in the wire
                       A wire rope that has been overstrained will show                                                                           no visible effects of
 2    1414      B                                                                where the strain      diameter where the   where the strain
                       __________.                                                                                                                an overstrain
                                                                                 occurred              strain occurred      occurred




                       When an Official logbook is not required, an unofficial
 2    1415      C      logbook is required to be kept aboard for review by a     one month             six months           12 months             None of the above
                       marine inspector for __________.




                                                                                                                            Locking the
                                                                                 Bringing the anchor Heaving in all the     windlass to prevent   Paying out more
 2    1416      D      What is meant by veering the anchor chain?
                                                                                 to short stay       chain                  more chain from       chain
                                                                                                                            running out




                       The master or individual in charge of a vessel prepares
                                                                                                       Officer In Charge,
                       a certificate of discharge for each mariner bei